OpenCores
URL https://opencores.org/ocsvn/scarts/scarts/trunk

Subversion Repositories scarts

[/] [scarts/] [trunk/] [toolchain/] [scarts-gdb/] [gdb-6.8/] [gdb/] [breakpoint.c] - Blame information for rev 25

Details | Compare with Previous | View Log

Line No. Rev Author Line
1 25 jlechner
/* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
 
3
   Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4
   1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5
   2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6
 
7
   This file is part of GDB.
8
 
9
   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11
   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12
   (at your option) any later version.
13
 
14
   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
17
   GNU General Public License for more details.
18
 
19
   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
21
 
22
#include "defs.h"
23
#include <ctype.h>
24
#include "hashtab.h"
25
#include "symtab.h"
26
#include "frame.h"
27
#include "breakpoint.h"
28
#include "gdbtypes.h"
29
#include "expression.h"
30
#include "gdbcore.h"
31
#include "gdbcmd.h"
32
#include "value.h"
33
#include "command.h"
34
#include "inferior.h"
35
#include "gdbthread.h"
36
#include "target.h"
37
#include "language.h"
38
#include "gdb_string.h"
39
#include "demangle.h"
40
#include "annotate.h"
41
#include "symfile.h"
42
#include "objfiles.h"
43
#include "source.h"
44
#include "linespec.h"
45
#include "completer.h"
46
#include "gdb.h"
47
#include "ui-out.h"
48
#include "cli/cli-script.h"
49
#include "gdb_assert.h"
50
#include "block.h"
51
#include "solib.h"
52
#include "solist.h"
53
#include "observer.h"
54
#include "exceptions.h"
55
#include "memattr.h"
56
#include "ada-lang.h"
57
#include "top.h"
58
 
59
#include "gdb-events.h"
60
#include "mi/mi-common.h"
61
 
62
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
63
 
64
static void until_break_command_continuation (struct continuation_arg *arg);
65
 
66
static void catch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
67
 
68
static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
69
 
70
static void enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
71
 
72
static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
73
 
74
static void enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
75
 
76
static void disable_command (char *, int);
77
 
78
static void enable_command (char *, int);
79
 
80
static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*)(struct breakpoint *));
81
 
82
static void ignore_command (char *, int);
83
 
84
static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
85
 
86
static void clear_command (char *, int);
87
 
88
static void catch_command (char *, int);
89
 
90
static void watch_command (char *, int);
91
 
92
static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
93
 
94
static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
95
 
96
static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
97
 
98
struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line, enum bptype);
99
 
100
static void check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *);
101
 
102
static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
103
 
104
static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
105
                                            enum bptype bptype);
106
 
107
static void describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR, asection *, int);
108
 
109
static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
110
 
111
static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
112
 
113
static bpstat bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *, bpstat);
114
 
115
static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
116
 
117
static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
118
 
119
static void commands_command (char *, int);
120
 
121
static void condition_command (char *, int);
122
 
123
static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
124
 
125
void set_breakpoint_count (int);
126
 
127
typedef enum
128
  {
129
    mark_inserted,
130
    mark_uninserted
131
  }
132
insertion_state_t;
133
 
134
static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
135
 
136
static enum print_stop_action print_it_typical (bpstat);
137
 
138
static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
139
 
140
typedef struct
141
  {
142
    enum exception_event_kind kind;
143
    int enable_p;
144
  }
145
args_for_catchpoint_enable;
146
 
147
static int watchpoint_check (void *);
148
 
149
static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
150
 
151
static void create_longjmp_breakpoint (char *);
152
 
153
static void create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *);
154
 
155
static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
156
 
157
static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype, int *);
158
 
159
static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
160
 
161
static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
162
 
163
static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
164
 
165
static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
166
 
167
static void awatch_command (char *, int);
168
 
169
static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
170
 
171
static void create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag,
172
                                                char *cond_string,
173
                                                enum bptype bp_kind);
174
 
175
static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
176
 
177
static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
178
 
179
static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
180
 
181
static char *ep_find_event_name_end (char *arg);
182
 
183
static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
184
 
185
static char *ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg);
186
 
187
static void create_exception_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
188
                                         enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
189
                                         struct symtab_and_line *sal);
190
 
191
static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
192
                                       char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
193
 
194
static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
195
 
196
static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s);
197
 
198
static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc);
199
 
200
static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
201
 
202
static void mark_breakpoints_out (void);
203
 
204
static struct bp_location *
205
allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bptype bp_type);
206
 
207
static void
208
unlink_locations_from_global_list (struct breakpoint *bpt);
209
 
210
static int
211
is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt);
212
 
213
/* Prototypes for exported functions. */
214
 
215
/* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
216
   if such is available. */
217
static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
218
 
219
static void
220
show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
221
                             struct cmd_list_element *c,
222
                             const char *value)
223
{
224
  fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
225
Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
226
                    value);
227
}
228
 
229
/* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
230
   If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
231
   for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
232
   If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized.  */
233
static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
234
static void
235
show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
236
                            struct cmd_list_element *c,
237
                            const char *value)
238
{
239
  fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
240
Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
241
                    value);
242
}
243
 
244
/* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
245
   set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
246
   If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
247
   use hardware breakpoints.  */
248
static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
249
static void
250
show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
251
                                     struct cmd_list_element *c,
252
                                     const char *value)
253
{
254
  fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
255
Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
256
                    value);
257
}
258
 
259
 
260
void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
261
 
262
extern int addressprint;        /* Print machine addresses? */
263
 
264
/* Are we executing breakpoint commands?  */
265
static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
266
 
267
/* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
268
static int overlay_events_enabled;
269
 
270
/* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
271
   ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
272
   breakpoint.  */
273
 
274
#define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B)  for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
275
 
276
#define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP)     \
277
        for (B = breakpoint_chain;      \
278
             B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0;    \
279
             B = TMP)
280
 
281
/* Similar iterators for the low-level breakpoints.  */
282
 
283
#define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B)  for (B = bp_location_chain; B; B = B->global_next)
284
 
285
#define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE(B,TMP)    \
286
        for (B = bp_location_chain;     \
287
             B ? (TMP=B->global_next, 1): 0;     \
288
             B = TMP)
289
 
290
/* True if breakpoint hit counts should be displayed in breakpoint info.  */
291
 
292
int show_breakpoint_hit_counts = 1;
293
 
294
/* Chains of all breakpoints defined.  */
295
 
296
struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
297
 
298
struct bp_location *bp_location_chain;
299
 
300
/* Number of last breakpoint made.  */
301
 
302
int breakpoint_count;
303
 
304
/* Pointer to current exception event record */
305
static struct exception_event_record *current_exception_event;
306
 
307
/* This function returns a pointer to the string representation of the
308
   pathname of the dynamically-linked library that has just been
309
   loaded.
310
 
311
   This function must be used only when SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT is TRUE,
312
   or undefined results are guaranteed.
313
 
314
   This string's contents are only valid immediately after the
315
   inferior has stopped in the dynamic linker hook, and becomes
316
   invalid as soon as the inferior is continued.  Clients should make
317
   a copy of this string if they wish to continue the inferior and
318
   then access the string.  */
319
 
320
#ifndef SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME
321
#define SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME(pid) ""
322
#endif
323
 
324
/* This function returns a pointer to the string representation of the
325
   pathname of the dynamically-linked library that has just been
326
   unloaded.
327
 
328
   This function must be used only when SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT is
329
   TRUE, or undefined results are guaranteed.
330
 
331
   This string's contents are only valid immediately after the
332
   inferior has stopped in the dynamic linker hook, and becomes
333
   invalid as soon as the inferior is continued.  Clients should make
334
   a copy of this string if they wish to continue the inferior and
335
   then access the string.  */
336
 
337
#ifndef SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME
338
#define SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME(pid) ""
339
#endif
340
 
341
/* This function is called by the "catch load" command.  It allows the
342
   debugger to be notified by the dynamic linker when a specified
343
   library file (or any library file, if filename is NULL) is loaded.  */
344
 
345
#ifndef SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK
346
#define SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK(pid,tempflag,filename,cond_string) \
347
   error (_("catch of library loads not yet implemented on this platform"))
348
#endif
349
 
350
/* This function is called by the "catch unload" command.  It allows
351
   the debugger to be notified by the dynamic linker when a specified
352
   library file (or any library file, if filename is NULL) is
353
   unloaded.  */
354
 
355
#ifndef SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK
356
#define SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK(pid, tempflag, filename, cond_string) \
357
   error (_("catch of library unloads not yet implemented on this platform"))
358
#endif
359
 
360
/* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint.  */
361
static int
362
breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
363
{
364
  return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
365
}
366
 
367
/* Set breakpoint count to NUM.  */
368
 
369
void
370
set_breakpoint_count (int num)
371
{
372
  breakpoint_count = num;
373
  set_internalvar (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"),
374
                   value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, (LONGEST) num));
375
}
376
 
377
/* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
378
 
379
void
380
clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
381
{
382
  struct breakpoint *b;
383
 
384
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
385
    b->hit_count = 0;
386
}
387
 
388
/* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
389
   for "break" command with no arg.
390
   if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
391
   not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
392
 
393
   This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint.  */
394
 
395
int default_breakpoint_valid;
396
CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address;
397
struct symtab *default_breakpoint_symtab;
398
int default_breakpoint_line;
399
 
400
/* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint.  Get the number of the breakpoint.
401
   Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
402
 
403
   Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
404
   of a convenience variable.  Making it an expression wouldn't work well
405
   for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
406
 
407
   If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
408
 
409
   TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
410
   commonly this is `-'.  If you don't want a trailer, use \0.  */
411
static int
412
get_number_trailer (char **pp, int trailer)
413
{
414
  int retval = 0;        /* default */
415
  char *p = *pp;
416
 
417
  if (p == NULL)
418
    /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint.  */
419
    return breakpoint_count;
420
  else if (*p == '$')
421
    {
422
      /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
423
         to pass to lookup_internalvar().  */
424
      char *varname;
425
      char *start = ++p;
426
      struct value *val;
427
 
428
      while (isalnum (*p) || *p == '_')
429
        p++;
430
      varname = (char *) alloca (p - start + 1);
431
      strncpy (varname, start, p - start);
432
      varname[p - start] = '\0';
433
      val = value_of_internalvar (lookup_internalvar (varname));
434
      if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (val)) == TYPE_CODE_INT)
435
        retval = (int) value_as_long (val);
436
      else
437
        {
438
          printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
439
          retval = 0;
440
        }
441
    }
442
  else
443
    {
444
      if (*p == '-')
445
        ++p;
446
      while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
447
        ++p;
448
      if (p == *pp)
449
        /* There is no number here.  (e.g. "cond a == b").  */
450
        {
451
          /* Skip non-numeric token */
452
          while (*p && !isspace((int) *p))
453
            ++p;
454
          /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
455
          retval = 0;
456
        }
457
      else
458
        retval = atoi (*pp);
459
    }
460
  if (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
461
    {
462
      /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
463
      while (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
464
        ++p;
465
      retval = 0;
466
    }
467
  while (isspace (*p))
468
    p++;
469
  *pp = p;
470
  return retval;
471
}
472
 
473
 
474
/* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer.  */
475
int
476
get_number (char **pp)
477
{
478
  return get_number_trailer (pp, '\0');
479
}
480
 
481
/* Parse a number or a range.
482
 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
483
 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
484
 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
485
 * inclusive.
486
 *
487
 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
488
 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
489
 *
490
 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
491
 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
492
 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
493
 * is completed.  The call that completes the range will advance
494
 * pointer PP past <number2>.
495
 */
496
 
497
int
498
get_number_or_range (char **pp)
499
{
500
  static int last_retval, end_value;
501
  static char *end_ptr;
502
  static int in_range = 0;
503
 
504
  if (**pp != '-')
505
    {
506
      /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
507
         or to the first number of a range.  */
508
      last_retval = get_number_trailer (pp, '-');
509
      if (**pp == '-')
510
        {
511
          char **temp;
512
 
513
          /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
514
             Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
515
             and also remember the end of the final token.  */
516
 
517
          temp = &end_ptr;
518
          end_ptr = *pp + 1;
519
          while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr))
520
            end_ptr++;  /* skip white space */
521
          end_value = get_number (temp);
522
          if (end_value < last_retval)
523
            {
524
              error (_("inverted range"));
525
            }
526
          else if (end_value == last_retval)
527
            {
528
              /* degenerate range (number1 == number2).  Advance the
529
                 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
530
                 single number.  */
531
              *pp = end_ptr;
532
            }
533
          else
534
            in_range = 1;
535
        }
536
    }
537
  else if (! in_range)
538
    error (_("negative value"));
539
  else
540
    {
541
      /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range.  All
542
         number-parsing has already been done.  Return the next
543
         integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
544
         Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
545
         is reached.  */
546
 
547
      if (++last_retval == end_value)
548
        {
549
          /* End of range reached; advance token pointer.  */
550
          *pp = end_ptr;
551
          in_range = 0;
552
        }
553
    }
554
  return last_retval;
555
}
556
 
557
 
558
 
559
/* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP.  */
560
 
561
static void
562
condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
563
{
564
  struct breakpoint *b;
565
  char *p;
566
  int bnum;
567
 
568
  if (arg == 0)
569
    error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
570
 
571
  p = arg;
572
  bnum = get_number (&p);
573
  if (bnum == 0)
574
    error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
575
 
576
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
577
    if (b->number == bnum)
578
    {
579
      struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
580
      for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
581
        {
582
          if (loc->cond)
583
            {
584
              xfree (loc->cond);
585
              loc->cond = 0;
586
            }
587
        }
588
      if (b->cond_string != NULL)
589
        xfree (b->cond_string);
590
 
591
      if (*p == 0)
592
        {
593
          b->cond_string = NULL;
594
          if (from_tty)
595
            printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum);
596
        }
597
      else
598
        {
599
          arg = p;
600
          /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
601
             typed in or the decompiled expression.  */
602
          b->cond_string = savestring (arg, strlen (arg));
603
          b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
604
          for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
605
            {
606
              arg = p;
607
              loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
608
              if (*arg)
609
                error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
610
            }
611
        }
612
      breakpoints_changed ();
613
      breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
614
      return;
615
    }
616
 
617
  error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
618
}
619
 
620
static void
621
commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
622
{
623
  struct breakpoint *b;
624
  char *p;
625
  int bnum;
626
  struct command_line *l;
627
 
628
  /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
629
     free the storage, if we change the commands currently
630
     being read from.  */
631
 
632
  if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
633
    error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
634
 
635
  p = arg;
636
  bnum = get_number (&p);
637
 
638
  if (p && *p)
639
    error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
640
 
641
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
642
    if (b->number == bnum)
643
      {
644
        char *tmpbuf = xstrprintf ("Type commands for when breakpoint %d is hit, one per line.",
645
                                 bnum);
646
        struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, tmpbuf);
647
        l = read_command_lines (tmpbuf, from_tty);
648
        do_cleanups (cleanups);
649
        free_command_lines (&b->commands);
650
        b->commands = l;
651
        breakpoints_changed ();
652
        breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
653
        return;
654
    }
655
  error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
656
}
657
 
658
/* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
659
   input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
660
 
661
   This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
662
   that are part of if and while bodies.  */
663
enum command_control_type
664
commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
665
{
666
  struct breakpoint *b;
667
  char *p;
668
  int bnum;
669
 
670
  /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
671
     free the storage, if we change the commands currently
672
     being read from.  */
673
 
674
  if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
675
    error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
676
 
677
  /* An empty string for the breakpoint number means the last
678
     breakpoint, but get_number expects a NULL pointer.  */
679
  if (arg && !*arg)
680
    p = NULL;
681
  else
682
    p = arg;
683
  bnum = get_number (&p);
684
 
685
  if (p && *p)
686
    error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
687
 
688
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
689
    if (b->number == bnum)
690
      {
691
        free_command_lines (&b->commands);
692
        if (cmd->body_count != 1)
693
          error (_("Invalid \"commands\" block structure."));
694
        /* We need to copy the commands because if/while will free the
695
           list after it finishes execution.  */
696
        b->commands = copy_command_lines (cmd->body_list[0]);
697
        breakpoints_changed ();
698
        breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
699
        return simple_control;
700
    }
701
  error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
702
}
703
 
704
/* Like target_read_memory() but if breakpoints are inserted, return
705
   the shadow contents instead of the breakpoints themselves.
706
 
707
   Read "memory data" from whatever target or inferior we have.
708
   Returns zero if successful, errno value if not.  EIO is used
709
   for address out of bounds.  If breakpoints are inserted, returns
710
   shadow contents, not the breakpoints themselves.  From breakpoint.c.  */
711
 
712
int
713
read_memory_nobpt (CORE_ADDR memaddr, gdb_byte *myaddr, unsigned len)
714
{
715
  int status;
716
  const struct bp_location *b;
717
  CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
718
  int bp_size = 0;
719
 
720
  if (gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (current_gdbarch, &bp_addr, &bp_size) == NULL)
721
    /* No breakpoints on this machine. */
722
    return target_read_memory (memaddr, myaddr, len);
723
 
724
  ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
725
  {
726
    if (b->owner->type == bp_none)
727
      warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
728
              b->owner->number);
729
 
730
    if (b->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
731
      continue;
732
    if (!b->inserted)
733
      continue;
734
    /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
735
       we need to copy.  */
736
    bp_addr = b->target_info.placed_address;
737
    bp_size = b->target_info.shadow_len;
738
    if (bp_size == 0)
739
      /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory.  */
740
      continue;
741
    if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
742
      /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
743
         are reading.  */
744
      continue;
745
    if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
746
      /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
747
         reading. */
748
      continue;
749
    /* Copy the breakpoint from the shadow contents, and recurse for
750
       the things before and after.  */
751
    {
752
      /* Offset within shadow_contents.  */
753
      int bptoffset = 0;
754
 
755
      if (bp_addr < memaddr)
756
        {
757
          /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint.  */
758
          bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
759
          bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
760
          bp_addr = memaddr;
761
        }
762
 
763
      if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
764
        {
765
          /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint.  */
766
          bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
767
        }
768
 
769
      memcpy (myaddr + bp_addr - memaddr,
770
              b->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
771
 
772
      if (bp_addr > memaddr)
773
        {
774
          /* Copy the section of memory before the breakpoint.  */
775
          status = read_memory_nobpt (memaddr, myaddr, bp_addr - memaddr);
776
          if (status != 0)
777
            return status;
778
        }
779
 
780
      if (bp_addr + bp_size < memaddr + len)
781
        {
782
          /* Copy the section of memory after the breakpoint.  */
783
          status = read_memory_nobpt (bp_addr + bp_size,
784
                                      myaddr + bp_addr + bp_size - memaddr,
785
                                      memaddr + len - (bp_addr + bp_size));
786
          if (status != 0)
787
            return status;
788
        }
789
      return 0;
790
    }
791
  }
792
  /* Nothing overlaps.  Just call read_memory_noerr.  */
793
  return target_read_memory (memaddr, myaddr, len);
794
}
795
 
796
 
797
/* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints.  */
798
static void
799
insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out *uo, void *args)
800
{
801
  struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) args;
802
  int val = -1;
803
 
804
  switch (b->type)
805
    {
806
    case bp_catch_fork:
807
      target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
808
      break;
809
    case bp_catch_vfork:
810
      target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
811
      break;
812
    case bp_catch_exec:
813
      target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
814
      break;
815
    default:
816
      internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
817
      break;
818
    }
819
}
820
 
821
static int
822
is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
823
{
824
  return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
825
          || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
826
          || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
827
}
828
 
829
/* Assuming that B is a hardware breakpoint:
830
   - Reparse watchpoint expression, is REPARSE is non-zero
831
   - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
832
   - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
833
 
834
   If the watchpoint is disabled, do nothing.  If this is
835
   local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it.  */
836
static void
837
update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, int reparse)
838
{
839
  int within_current_scope;
840
  struct value *mark = value_mark ();
841
  struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
842
  struct bp_location *loc;
843
  bpstat bs;
844
 
845
  unlink_locations_from_global_list (b);
846
  for (loc = b->loc; loc;)
847
    {
848
      struct bp_location *loc_next = loc->next;
849
      remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
850
      xfree (loc);
851
      loc = loc_next;
852
    }
853
  b->loc = NULL;
854
 
855
  if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
856
    return;
857
 
858
  /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
859
     evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame.  */
860
  /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
861
     took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
862
     selected frame.  */
863
  saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
864
 
865
  /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope.  */
866
  if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
867
    within_current_scope = 1;
868
  else
869
    {
870
      struct frame_info *fi;
871
      fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
872
      within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
873
      if (within_current_scope)
874
        select_frame (fi);
875
    }
876
 
877
  if (within_current_scope && reparse)
878
    {
879
      char *s;
880
      if (b->exp)
881
        {
882
          xfree (b->exp);
883
          b->exp = NULL;
884
        }
885
      s = b->exp_string;
886
      b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
887
      /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
888
         no longer relevant.  We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
889
         to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
890
         be completely different objects.  */
891
      value_free (b->val);
892
      b->val = NULL;
893
    }
894
 
895
 
896
  /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
897
     it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
898
     don't try to insert watchpoint.  We don't automatically delete
899
     such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
900
     is different from out-of-scope watchpoint.  */
901
  if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
902
    {
903
      struct value *v, *next;
904
 
905
      /* Evaluate the expression and make sure it's not lazy, so that
906
         after target stops again, we have a non-lazy previous value
907
         to compare with. Also, making the value non-lazy will fetch
908
         intermediate values as needed, which we use to decide which
909
         addresses to watch.
910
 
911
         The value returned by evaluate_expression is stored in b->val.
912
         In addition, we look at all values which were created
913
         during evaluation, and set watchoints at addresses as needed.
914
         Those values are explicitly deleted here.  */
915
      v = evaluate_expression (b->exp);
916
      /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set.  The meaning of
917
         b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
918
         it only if we reported that last value to user.  As it
919
         happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.  */
920
      if (b->val == NULL)
921
        b->val = v;
922
      value_contents (v);
923
      value_release_to_mark (mark);
924
 
925
      /* Look at each value on the value chain.  */
926
      for (; v; v = next)
927
        {
928
          /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
929
             its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
930
             must watch it.  */
931
          if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
932
              && ! value_lazy (v))
933
            {
934
              struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
935
 
936
              /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
937
                 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
938
                 appear in the middle of some value chain.  */
939
              if (v == b->val
940
                  || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
941
                      && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
942
                {
943
                  CORE_ADDR addr;
944
                  int len, type;
945
                  struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
946
 
947
                  addr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
948
                  len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
949
                  type = hw_write;
950
                  if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
951
                    type = hw_read;
952
                  else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
953
                    type = hw_access;
954
 
955
                  loc = allocate_bp_location (b, bp_hardware_watchpoint);
956
                  for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
957
                    ;
958
                  *tmp = loc;
959
                  loc->address = addr;
960
                  loc->length = len;
961
                  loc->watchpoint_type = type;
962
                }
963
            }
964
 
965
          next = value_next (v);
966
          if (v != b->val)
967
            value_free (v);
968
        }
969
 
970
      if (reparse && b->cond_string != NULL)
971
        {
972
          char *s = b->cond_string;
973
          if (b->loc->cond)
974
            {
975
              xfree (b->loc->cond);
976
              b->loc->cond = NULL;
977
            }
978
          b->loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
979
        }
980
    }
981
  else if (!within_current_scope)
982
    {
983
      printf_filtered (_("\
984
Hardware watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
985
in which its expression is valid.\n"),
986
                       b->number);
987
      if (b->related_breakpoint)
988
        b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
989
      b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
990
    }
991
 
992
  /* Restore the selected frame.  */
993
  select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
994
}
995
 
996
 
997
/* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type.  BPT is the breakpoint.
998
   Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
999
   PROCESS_WARNING, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1000
 
1001
   NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
1002
   method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type.  */
1003
static int
1004
insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bpt,
1005
                    struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1006
                    int *disabled_breaks, int *process_warning,
1007
                    int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1008
{
1009
  int val = 0;
1010
 
1011
  if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner))
1012
    return 0;
1013
 
1014
  if (!bpt->enabled || bpt->shlib_disabled || bpt->inserted || bpt->duplicate)
1015
    return 0;
1016
 
1017
  /* Initialize the target-specific information.  */
1018
  memset (&bpt->target_info, 0, sizeof (bpt->target_info));
1019
  bpt->target_info.placed_address = bpt->address;
1020
 
1021
  if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1022
      || bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1023
    {
1024
      if (bpt->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1025
        {
1026
          /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1027
             is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1028
             if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1029
             Two important cases are:
1030
             - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1031
             is readonly.  We change the type of the location to
1032
             hardware breakpoint.
1033
             - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
1034
             This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
1035
             then the memory map changed, so we undo.
1036
 
1037
             When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
1038
             use location types we've just set here, the only possible
1039
             problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
1040
             but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb.  */
1041
          struct mem_region *mr
1042
            = lookup_mem_region (bpt->target_info.placed_address);
1043
 
1044
          if (mr)
1045
            {
1046
              if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1047
                {
1048
                  int changed = 0;
1049
                  enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1050
 
1051
                  if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1052
                    new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1053
                  else
1054
                    new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1055
 
1056
                  if (new_type != bpt->loc_type)
1057
                    {
1058
                      static int said = 0;
1059
                      bpt->loc_type = new_type;
1060
                      if (!said)
1061
                        {
1062
                          fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout, _("\
1063
Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
1064
                          said = 1;
1065
                        }
1066
                    }
1067
                }
1068
              else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1069
                       && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1070
                warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
1071
                         paddr (bpt->address));
1072
            }
1073
        }
1074
 
1075
      /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay.  */
1076
      if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1077
          || bpt->section == NULL
1078
          || !(section_is_overlay (bpt->section)))
1079
        {
1080
          /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint.  */
1081
 
1082
          if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1083
            val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1084
          else
1085
            val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1086
        }
1087
      else
1088
        {
1089
          /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1090
             Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA?  */
1091
          if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1092
            {
1093
              /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1094
                 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1095
                 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint.  */
1096
              if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1097
                warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1098
                         bpt->owner->number);
1099
              else
1100
                {
1101
                  CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bpt->address,
1102
                                                             bpt->section);
1103
                  /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA.  */
1104
                  bpt->overlay_target_info = bpt->target_info;
1105
                  bpt->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1106
                  val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->overlay_target_info);
1107
                  if (val != 0)
1108
                    fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1109
                                        "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?",
1110
                                        bpt->owner->number);
1111
                }
1112
            }
1113
          /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1114
          if (section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1115
            {
1116
              /* Yes.  This overlay section is mapped into memory.  */
1117
              if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1118
                val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1119
              else
1120
                val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1121
            }
1122
          else
1123
            {
1124
              /* No.  This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1125
                 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'.  */
1126
              return 0;
1127
            }
1128
        }
1129
 
1130
      if (val)
1131
        {
1132
          /* Can't set the breakpoint.  */
1133
          if (solib_address (bpt->address))
1134
            {
1135
              /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1136
              val = 0;
1137
              bpt->shlib_disabled = 1;
1138
              if (!*disabled_breaks)
1139
                {
1140
                  fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1141
                                      "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1142
                                      bpt->owner->number);
1143
                  fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1144
                                      "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
1145
                }
1146
              *disabled_breaks = 1;
1147
              fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1148
                                  "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt->owner->number);
1149
            }
1150
          else
1151
            {
1152
#ifdef ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
1153
              *process_warning = 1;
1154
#endif
1155
              if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1156
                {
1157
                  *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1158
                  fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1159
                                      "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1160
                                      bpt->owner->number);
1161
                }
1162
              else
1163
                {
1164
                  fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1165
                                      "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1166
                                      bpt->owner->number);
1167
                  fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1168
                                    "Error accessing memory address ");
1169
                  fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt->address), tmp_error_stream);
1170
                  fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1171
                                    safe_strerror (val));
1172
                }
1173
 
1174
            }
1175
        }
1176
      else
1177
        bpt->inserted = 1;
1178
 
1179
      return val;
1180
    }
1181
 
1182
  else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1183
           /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1184
              watchpoints.  It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1185
           && bpt->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1186
    {
1187
      val = target_insert_watchpoint (bpt->address,
1188
                                      bpt->length,
1189
                                      bpt->watchpoint_type);
1190
      bpt->inserted = (val != -1);
1191
    }
1192
 
1193
  else if (bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_fork
1194
           || bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_vfork
1195
           || bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_exec)
1196
    {
1197
      struct gdb_exception e = catch_exception (uiout, insert_catchpoint,
1198
                                                bpt->owner, RETURN_MASK_ERROR);
1199
      exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1200
                         bpt->owner->number);
1201
      if (e.reason < 0)
1202
        bpt->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1203
      else
1204
        bpt->inserted = 1;
1205
 
1206
      /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1207
         inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1208
         so just return success.  */
1209
      return 0;
1210
    }
1211
 
1212
  return 0;
1213
}
1214
 
1215
/* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1216
   remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1217
   Both return zero if successful,
1218
   or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior.  */
1219
 
1220
void
1221
insert_breakpoints (void)
1222
{
1223
  struct breakpoint *bpt;
1224
  struct bp_location *b, *temp;
1225
  int error = 0;
1226
  int val = 0;
1227
  int disabled_breaks = 0;
1228
  int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1229
  int process_warning = 0;
1230
 
1231
  struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1232
  make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1233
 
1234
  /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1235
     there was an error.  */
1236
  fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1237
 
1238
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1239
    if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1240
      update_watchpoint (bpt, 0 /* don't reparse */);
1241
 
1242
  ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE (b, temp)
1243
    {
1244
      if (!breakpoint_enabled (b->owner))
1245
        continue;
1246
 
1247
      /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1248
         thread no longer exists.  */
1249
      if (b->owner->thread != -1
1250
          && !valid_thread_id (b->owner->thread))
1251
        continue;
1252
 
1253
      val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1254
                                    &disabled_breaks, &process_warning,
1255
                                    &hw_breakpoint_error);
1256
      if (val)
1257
        error = val;
1258
    }
1259
 
1260
  /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint,
1261
     remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use.  */
1262
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1263
    {
1264
      int some_failed = 0;
1265
      struct bp_location *loc;
1266
 
1267
      if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1268
        continue;
1269
 
1270
      if (bpt->enable_state != bp_enabled)
1271
        continue;
1272
 
1273
      for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1274
        if (!loc->inserted)
1275
          {
1276
            some_failed = 1;
1277
            break;
1278
          }
1279
      if (some_failed)
1280
        {
1281
          for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1282
            if (loc->inserted)
1283
              remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
1284
 
1285
          hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1286
          fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1287
                              "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1288
                              bpt->number);
1289
          error = -1;
1290
        }
1291
    }
1292
 
1293
  if (error)
1294
    {
1295
      /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1296
         message about possibly exhausted resources.  */
1297
      if (hw_breakpoint_error)
1298
        {
1299
          fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1300
                              "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1301
You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1302
        }
1303
#ifdef ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
1304
      if (process_warning)
1305
        fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1306
                            "The same program may be running in another process.");
1307
#endif
1308
      target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1309
      error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
1310
    }
1311
}
1312
 
1313
int
1314
remove_breakpoints (void)
1315
{
1316
  struct bp_location *b;
1317
  int val;
1318
 
1319
  ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1320
  {
1321
    if (b->inserted)
1322
      {
1323
        val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1324
        if (val != 0)
1325
          return val;
1326
      }
1327
  }
1328
  return 0;
1329
}
1330
 
1331
int
1332
remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1333
{
1334
  struct bp_location *b;
1335
  int val;
1336
 
1337
  ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1338
  {
1339
    if (b->inserted && b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
1340
      {
1341
        val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1342
        if (val != 0)
1343
          return val;
1344
      }
1345
  }
1346
  return 0;
1347
}
1348
 
1349
int
1350
reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
1351
{
1352
  struct bp_location *b;
1353
  int val;
1354
  struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1355
  struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1356
  int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
1357
 
1358
  make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1359
 
1360
  inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1361
  ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1362
  {
1363
    if (b->inserted)
1364
      {
1365
        b->inserted = 0;
1366
        val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1367
                                  &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
1368
        if (val != 0)
1369
          {
1370
            do_cleanups (old_chain);
1371
            return val;
1372
          }
1373
      }
1374
  }
1375
  do_cleanups (old_chain);
1376
  return 0;
1377
}
1378
 
1379
void
1380
update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
1381
{
1382
  struct breakpoint *b;
1383
  struct breakpoint *temp;
1384
 
1385
  /* Doing this first prevents the badness of having delete_breakpoint()
1386
     write a breakpoint's current "shadow contents" to lift the bp.  That
1387
     shadow is NOT valid after an exec()! */
1388
  mark_breakpoints_out ();
1389
 
1390
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1391
  {
1392
    /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1393
    if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
1394
      {
1395
        delete_breakpoint (b);
1396
        continue;
1397
      }
1398
 
1399
    /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
1400
       as must overlay event breakpoints.  */
1401
    if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event)
1402
      {
1403
        delete_breakpoint (b);
1404
        continue;
1405
      }
1406
 
1407
    /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
1408
    if (b->type == bp_step_resume)
1409
      {
1410
        delete_breakpoint (b);
1411
        continue;
1412
      }
1413
 
1414
    /* Don't delete an exec catchpoint, because else the inferior
1415
       won't stop when it ought!
1416
 
1417
       Similarly, we probably ought to keep vfork catchpoints, 'cause
1418
       on this target, we may not be able to stop when the vfork is
1419
       seen, but only when the subsequent exec is seen.  (And because
1420
       deleting fork catchpoints here but not vfork catchpoints will
1421
       seem mysterious to users, keep those too.)  */
1422
    if ((b->type == bp_catch_exec) ||
1423
        (b->type == bp_catch_vfork) ||
1424
        (b->type == bp_catch_fork))
1425
      {
1426
        continue;
1427
      }
1428
 
1429
    /* bp_finish is a special case.  The only way we ought to be able
1430
       to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
1431
       caught a vfork, and then said "finish".  Ordinarily a finish just
1432
       carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
1433
       a temporary bp there and resuming.  But in this case, the finish
1434
       will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
1435
 
1436
       We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now.  But
1437
       we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
1438
       the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it.  There's a
1439
       chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
1440
       here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
1441
       gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
1442
       We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
1443
 
1444
       In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
1445
       it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
1446
       problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
1447
       let finish_command delete it.
1448
 
1449
       (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
1450
       momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
1451
       the inferior stopped.  So it doesn't matter that the bp's
1452
       address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
1453
       solib breakpoints.)  */
1454
 
1455
    if (b->type == bp_finish)
1456
      {
1457
        continue;
1458
      }
1459
 
1460
    /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
1461
       pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
1462
       a.out. */
1463
    if (b->addr_string == NULL)
1464
      {
1465
        delete_breakpoint (b);
1466
        continue;
1467
      }
1468
  }
1469
  /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints?  Re-create them here?  */
1470
  create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
1471
}
1472
 
1473
int
1474
detach_breakpoints (int pid)
1475
{
1476
  struct bp_location *b;
1477
  int val;
1478
  struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1479
 
1480
  if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
1481
    error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
1482
 
1483
  /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint uses this global.  */
1484
  inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1485
  ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1486
  {
1487
    if (b->inserted)
1488
      {
1489
        val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_inserted);
1490
        if (val != 0)
1491
          {
1492
            do_cleanups (old_chain);
1493
            return val;
1494
          }
1495
      }
1496
  }
1497
  do_cleanups (old_chain);
1498
  return 0;
1499
}
1500
 
1501
static int
1502
remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *b, insertion_state_t is)
1503
{
1504
  int val;
1505
 
1506
  if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1507
    /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed.  */
1508
    return 0;
1509
 
1510
  if (b->owner->type == bp_none)
1511
    warning (_("attempted to remove apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1512
             b->owner->number);
1513
 
1514
  if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1515
      || b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1516
    {
1517
      /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
1518
         trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
1519
         bp_hardware_breakpoint.  */
1520
 
1521
      /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay.  */
1522
      if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1523
          || b->section == NULL
1524
          || !(section_is_overlay (b->section)))
1525
        {
1526
          /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint.  */
1527
 
1528
          if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1529
            val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1530
          else
1531
            val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1532
        }
1533
      else
1534
        {
1535
          /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1536
             Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA?  */
1537
          if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1538
              {
1539
                /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
1540
                   should have set a breakpoint at the LMA.  Remove it.
1541
                */
1542
                /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
1543
                   have already warned when we failed to insert it.  */
1544
                if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1545
                  target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1546
                else
1547
                  target_remove_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1548
              }
1549
          /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
1550
             If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'.  */
1551
          if (b->inserted)
1552
            {
1553
              /* Yes -- remove it.  Previously we did not bother to
1554
                 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
1555
                 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe.  We
1556
                 don't know what the overlay manager might do.  */
1557
              if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1558
                val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1559
 
1560
              /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
1561
                 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
1562
                 wrong code with the saved shadow contents.  */
1563
              else if (section_is_mapped (b->section))
1564
                val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1565
              else
1566
                val = 0;
1567
            }
1568
          else
1569
            {
1570
              /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove.  No error.  */
1571
              val = 0;
1572
            }
1573
        }
1574
      if (val)
1575
        return val;
1576
      b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1577
    }
1578
  else if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
1579
    {
1580
      struct value *v;
1581
      struct value *n;
1582
 
1583
      b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1584
      val = target_remove_watchpoint (b->address, b->length,
1585
                                      b->watchpoint_type);
1586
 
1587
      /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here.  */
1588
      if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (b->inserted))
1589
        warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
1590
                 b->owner->number);
1591
    }
1592
  else if ((b->owner->type == bp_catch_fork ||
1593
            b->owner->type == bp_catch_vfork ||
1594
            b->owner->type == bp_catch_exec)
1595
           && breakpoint_enabled (b->owner)
1596
           && !b->duplicate)
1597
    {
1598
      val = -1;
1599
      switch (b->owner->type)
1600
        {
1601
        case bp_catch_fork:
1602
          val = target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1603
          break;
1604
        case bp_catch_vfork:
1605
          val = target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1606
          break;
1607
        case bp_catch_exec:
1608
          val = target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1609
          break;
1610
        default:
1611
          warning (_("Internal error, %s line %d."), __FILE__, __LINE__);
1612
          break;
1613
        }
1614
      if (val)
1615
        return val;
1616
      b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1617
    }
1618
 
1619
  return 0;
1620
}
1621
 
1622
/* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints.  */
1623
 
1624
static void
1625
mark_breakpoints_out (void)
1626
{
1627
  struct bp_location *bpt;
1628
 
1629
  ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1630
    bpt->inserted = 0;
1631
}
1632
 
1633
/* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
1634
   breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
1635
 
1636
   Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
1637
   between runs.
1638
 
1639
   Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
1640
   generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
1641
   init_wait_for_inferior). */
1642
 
1643
 
1644
 
1645
void
1646
breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
1647
{
1648
  struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
1649
  struct bp_location *bpt;
1650
 
1651
  ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1652
    bpt->inserted = 0;
1653
 
1654
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1655
  {
1656
    switch (b->type)
1657
      {
1658
      case bp_call_dummy:
1659
      case bp_watchpoint_scope:
1660
 
1661
        /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
1662
           cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better
1663
           get rid of it.
1664
 
1665
           Also get rid of scope breakpoints.  */
1666
        delete_breakpoint (b);
1667
        break;
1668
 
1669
      case bp_watchpoint:
1670
      case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
1671
      case bp_read_watchpoint:
1672
      case bp_access_watchpoint:
1673
 
1674
        /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions.  */
1675
        if (b->exp_valid_block != NULL)
1676
          delete_breakpoint (b);
1677
        else if (context == inf_starting)
1678
          {
1679
            /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
1680
               in insert_breakpoints.  */
1681
            if (b->val)
1682
              value_free (b->val);
1683
            b->val = NULL;
1684
          }
1685
        break;
1686
      default:
1687
        break;
1688
      }
1689
  }
1690
}
1691
 
1692
/* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
1693
   exists at PC.  It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
1694
   ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
1695
   permanent breakpoint.
1696
   - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
1697
     actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
1698
   - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
1699
     need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
1700
     the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint.  */
1701
 
1702
enum breakpoint_here
1703
breakpoint_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1704
{
1705
  const struct bp_location *bpt;
1706
  int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1707
 
1708
  ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1709
    {
1710
      if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1711
          && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1712
        continue;
1713
 
1714
      if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1715
           || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1716
          && bpt->address == pc)        /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1717
        {
1718
          if (overlay_debugging
1719
              && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1720
              && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1721
            continue;           /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1722
          else if (bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1723
            return permanent_breakpoint_here;
1724
          else
1725
            any_breakpoint_here = 1;
1726
        }
1727
    }
1728
 
1729
  return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
1730
}
1731
 
1732
 
1733
/* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
1734
   inserted using regular breakpoint_chain/bp_location_chain mechanism.
1735
   This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are
1736
   inserted and removed using direct target manipulation.  */
1737
 
1738
int
1739
regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1740
{
1741
  const struct bp_location *bpt;
1742
 
1743
  ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1744
    {
1745
      if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1746
          && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1747
        continue;
1748
 
1749
      if (bpt->inserted
1750
          && bpt->address == pc)        /* bp is inserted and matches pc */
1751
        {
1752
          if (overlay_debugging
1753
              && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1754
              && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1755
            continue;           /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1756
          else
1757
            return 1;
1758
        }
1759
    }
1760
  return 0;
1761
}
1762
 
1763
/* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
1764
   or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC.  */
1765
 
1766
int
1767
breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1768
{
1769
  if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1770
    return 1;
1771
 
1772
  if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1773
    return 1;
1774
 
1775
  return 0;
1776
}
1777
 
1778
/* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
1779
   inserted at PC.  */
1780
 
1781
int
1782
software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1783
{
1784
  const struct bp_location *bpt;
1785
  int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1786
 
1787
  ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1788
    {
1789
      if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1790
        continue;
1791
 
1792
      if (bpt->inserted
1793
          && bpt->address == pc)        /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1794
        {
1795
          if (overlay_debugging
1796
              && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1797
              && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1798
            continue;           /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1799
          else
1800
            return 1;
1801
        }
1802
    }
1803
 
1804
  /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints.  */
1805
  if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1806
    return 1;
1807
 
1808
  return 0;
1809
}
1810
 
1811
/* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
1812
   PC is valid for process/thread PTID.  */
1813
 
1814
int
1815
breakpoint_thread_match (CORE_ADDR pc, ptid_t ptid)
1816
{
1817
  const struct bp_location *bpt;
1818
  int thread;
1819
 
1820
  thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
1821
 
1822
  ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1823
    {
1824
      if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1825
          && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1826
        continue;
1827
 
1828
      if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1829
           || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1830
          && bpt->address == pc
1831
          && (bpt->owner->thread == -1 || bpt->owner->thread == thread))
1832
        {
1833
          if (overlay_debugging
1834
              && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1835
              && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1836
            continue;           /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1837
          else
1838
            return 1;
1839
        }
1840
    }
1841
 
1842
  return 0;
1843
}
1844
 
1845
 
1846
/* bpstat stuff.  External routines' interfaces are documented
1847
   in breakpoint.h.  */
1848
 
1849
int
1850
ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
1851
{
1852
  return
1853
    (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
1854
    || (ep->type == bp_catch_unload)
1855
    || (ep->type == bp_catch_fork)
1856
    || (ep->type == bp_catch_vfork)
1857
    || (ep->type == bp_catch_exec);
1858
 
1859
  /* ??rehrauer: Add more kinds here, as are implemented... */
1860
}
1861
 
1862
int
1863
ep_is_shlib_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
1864
{
1865
  return
1866
    (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
1867
    || (ep->type == bp_catch_unload);
1868
}
1869
 
1870
void
1871
bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
1872
{
1873
  if (bs->old_val != NULL)
1874
    value_free (bs->old_val);
1875
  free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
1876
  xfree (bs);
1877
}
1878
 
1879
/* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
1880
   Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat.  */
1881
 
1882
void
1883
bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
1884
{
1885
  bpstat p;
1886
  bpstat q;
1887
 
1888
  if (bsp == 0)
1889
    return;
1890
  p = *bsp;
1891
  while (p != NULL)
1892
    {
1893
      q = p->next;
1894
      bpstat_free (p);
1895
      p = q;
1896
    }
1897
  *bsp = NULL;
1898
}
1899
 
1900
/* Return a copy of a bpstat.  Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
1901
   is part of the bpstat is copied as well.  */
1902
 
1903
bpstat
1904
bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
1905
{
1906
  bpstat p = NULL;
1907
  bpstat tmp;
1908
  bpstat retval = NULL;
1909
 
1910
  if (bs == NULL)
1911
    return bs;
1912
 
1913
  for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
1914
    {
1915
      tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
1916
      memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
1917
      if (bs->commands != NULL)
1918
        tmp->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
1919
      if (bs->old_val != NULL)
1920
        tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
1921
 
1922
      if (p == NULL)
1923
        /* This is the first thing in the chain.  */
1924
        retval = tmp;
1925
      else
1926
        p->next = tmp;
1927
      p = tmp;
1928
    }
1929
  p->next = NULL;
1930
  return retval;
1931
}
1932
 
1933
/* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
1934
 
1935
bpstat
1936
bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
1937
{
1938
  if (bsp == NULL)
1939
    return NULL;
1940
 
1941
  for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
1942
    {
1943
      if (bsp->breakpoint_at && bsp->breakpoint_at->owner == breakpoint)
1944
        return bsp;
1945
    }
1946
  return NULL;
1947
}
1948
 
1949
/* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
1950
   (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
1951
   will arbitrarily pick one.)
1952
 
1953
   It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
1954
   step_resume breakpoint.
1955
 
1956
   See wait_for_inferior's use of this function.  */
1957
struct breakpoint *
1958
bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp)
1959
{
1960
  int current_thread;
1961
 
1962
  gdb_assert (bsp != NULL);
1963
 
1964
  current_thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
1965
 
1966
  for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
1967
    {
1968
      if ((bsp->breakpoint_at != NULL) &&
1969
          (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_step_resume) &&
1970
          (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == current_thread ||
1971
           bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == -1))
1972
        return bsp->breakpoint_at->owner;
1973
    }
1974
 
1975
  internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
1976
}
1977
 
1978
 
1979
/* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
1980
   at.  *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
1981
   breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
1982
   anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
1983
   Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
1984
   Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
1985
   we set it.
1986
   Return 1 otherwise.  */
1987
 
1988
int
1989
bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
1990
{
1991
  struct breakpoint *b;
1992
 
1993
  if ((*bsp) == NULL)
1994
    return 0;                    /* No more breakpoint values */
1995
 
1996
  /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
1997
     correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
1998
     this function might return the same number more
1999
     than once and this will look ugly.  */
2000
  b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at ? (*bsp)->breakpoint_at->owner : NULL;
2001
  *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
2002
  if (b == NULL)
2003
    return -1;                  /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2004
 
2005
  *num = b->number;             /* We have its number */
2006
  return 1;
2007
}
2008
 
2009
/* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed.  */
2010
 
2011
void
2012
bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs)
2013
{
2014
  for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2015
    {
2016
      free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
2017
      if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2018
        {
2019
          value_free (bs->old_val);
2020
          bs->old_val = NULL;
2021
        }
2022
    }
2023
}
2024
 
2025
/* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2026
static void
2027
cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
2028
{
2029
  executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
2030
}
2031
 
2032
/* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
2033
   location.  Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
2034
   beyond this point, etc.  We look out for such changes by checking
2035
   the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.  */
2036
 
2037
void
2038
bpstat_do_actions (bpstat *bsp)
2039
{
2040
  bpstat bs;
2041
  struct cleanup *old_chain;
2042
 
2043
  /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
2044
     in bs->commands.  */
2045
  if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
2046
    return;
2047
 
2048
  executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
2049
  old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
2050
 
2051
top:
2052
  /* Note that (as of this writing), our callers all appear to
2053
     be passing us the address of global stop_bpstat.  And, if
2054
     our calls to execute_control_command cause the inferior to
2055
     proceed, that global (and hence, *bsp) will change.
2056
 
2057
     We must be careful to not touch *bsp unless the inferior
2058
     has not proceeded. */
2059
 
2060
  /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
2061
  bs = *bsp;
2062
 
2063
  breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
2064
  for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2065
    {
2066
      struct command_line *cmd;
2067
      struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
2068
 
2069
      /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
2070
 
2071
         The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
2072
         'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
2073
         frees stop_bpstat's command tree.  To make sure this doesn't
2074
         free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
2075
         take ownership of the tree ourselves.  Since a given bpstat's
2076
         commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
2077
         can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
2078
         the tree when we're done.  */
2079
      cmd = bs->commands;
2080
      bs->commands = 0;
2081
      this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_free_command_lines (&cmd);
2082
 
2083
      while (cmd != NULL)
2084
        {
2085
          execute_control_command (cmd);
2086
 
2087
          if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2088
            break;
2089
          else
2090
            cmd = cmd->next;
2091
        }
2092
 
2093
      /* We can free this command tree now.  */
2094
      do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
2095
 
2096
      if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2097
        /* The inferior is proceeded by the command; bomb out now.
2098
           The bpstat chain has been blown away by wait_for_inferior.
2099
           But since execution has stopped again, there is a new bpstat
2100
           to look at, so start over.  */
2101
        goto top;
2102
    }
2103
  do_cleanups (old_chain);
2104
}
2105
 
2106
/* This is the normal print function for a bpstat.  In the future,
2107
   much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
2108
   by having it set different print_it values.
2109
 
2110
   Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called.  It loops
2111
   through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
2112
   print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
2113
   print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
2114
   bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
2115
 
2116
   Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
2117
   and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
2118
   PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
2119
   don't print anything else.
2120
   PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
2121
   that something to be followed by a location.
2122
   PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
2123
   that something to be followed by a location.
2124
   PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
2125
   analysis.  */
2126
 
2127
static enum print_stop_action
2128
print_it_typical (bpstat bs)
2129
{
2130
  struct cleanup *old_chain, *ui_out_chain;
2131
  struct breakpoint *b;
2132
  const struct bp_location *bl;
2133
  struct ui_stream *stb;
2134
  stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
2135
  old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
2136
  /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
2137
     which has since been deleted.  */
2138
  if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
2139
    return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2140
  bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2141
  b = bl->owner;
2142
 
2143
  switch (b->type)
2144
    {
2145
    case bp_breakpoint:
2146
    case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
2147
      if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
2148
        breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
2149
                                       bl->address,
2150
                                       b->number, 1);
2151
      annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
2152
      ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
2153
      if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2154
        ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
2155
                             async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
2156
      ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
2157
      ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
2158
      return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2159
      break;
2160
 
2161
    case bp_shlib_event:
2162
      /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
2163
         variable?  (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
2164
         to shlib event" message.) */
2165
      printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
2166
      return PRINT_NOTHING;
2167
      break;
2168
 
2169
    case bp_thread_event:
2170
      /* Not sure how we will get here.
2171
         GDB should not stop for these breakpoints.  */
2172
      printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2173
      return PRINT_NOTHING;
2174
      break;
2175
 
2176
    case bp_overlay_event:
2177
      /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
2178
      printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2179
      return PRINT_NOTHING;
2180
      break;
2181
 
2182
    case bp_catch_load:
2183
      annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2184
      printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (loaded %s), "),
2185
                       b->number,
2186
                       b->triggered_dll_pathname);
2187
      return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2188
      break;
2189
 
2190
    case bp_catch_unload:
2191
      annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2192
      printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (unloaded %s), "),
2193
                       b->number,
2194
                       b->triggered_dll_pathname);
2195
      return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2196
      break;
2197
 
2198
    case bp_catch_fork:
2199
      annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2200
      printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
2201
                       b->number,
2202
                       b->forked_inferior_pid);
2203
      return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2204
      break;
2205
 
2206
    case bp_catch_vfork:
2207
      annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2208
      printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
2209
                       b->number,
2210
                       b->forked_inferior_pid);
2211
      return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2212
      break;
2213
 
2214
    case bp_catch_exec:
2215
      annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2216
      printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "),
2217
                       b->number,
2218
                       b->exec_pathname);
2219
      return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2220
      break;
2221
 
2222
    case bp_watchpoint:
2223
    case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2224
      if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2225
        {
2226
          annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2227
          if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2228
            ui_out_field_string
2229
              (uiout, "reason",
2230
               async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2231
          mention (b);
2232
          ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2233
          ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2234
          value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream, 0, Val_pretty_default);
2235
          ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2236
          ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2237
          value_print (b->val, stb->stream, 0, Val_pretty_default);
2238
          ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2239
          do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2240
          ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2241
          value_free (bs->old_val);
2242
          bs->old_val = NULL;
2243
        }
2244
      /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered.  */
2245
      return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2246
      break;
2247
 
2248
    case bp_read_watchpoint:
2249
      if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2250
        ui_out_field_string
2251
          (uiout, "reason",
2252
           async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2253
      mention (b);
2254
      ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2255
      ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2256
      value_print (b->val, stb->stream, 0, Val_pretty_default);
2257
      ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
2258
      do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2259
      ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2260
      return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2261
      break;
2262
 
2263
    case bp_access_watchpoint:
2264
      if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2265
        {
2266
          annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2267
          if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2268
            ui_out_field_string
2269
              (uiout, "reason",
2270
               async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2271
          mention (b);
2272
          ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2273
          ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2274
          value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream, 0, Val_pretty_default);
2275
          ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2276
          value_free (bs->old_val);
2277
          bs->old_val = NULL;
2278
          ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2279
        }
2280
      else
2281
        {
2282
          mention (b);
2283
          if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2284
            ui_out_field_string
2285
              (uiout, "reason",
2286
               async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2287
          ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2288
          ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2289
        }
2290
      value_print (b->val, stb->stream, 0,Val_pretty_default);
2291
      ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2292
      do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2293
      ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2294
      return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2295
      break;
2296
 
2297
    /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
2298
       here. */
2299
 
2300
    case bp_finish:
2301
      if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2302
        ui_out_field_string
2303
          (uiout, "reason",
2304
           async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
2305
      return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2306
      break;
2307
 
2308
    case bp_until:
2309
      if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2310
        ui_out_field_string
2311
          (uiout, "reason",
2312
           async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
2313
      return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2314
      break;
2315
 
2316
    case bp_none:
2317
    case bp_longjmp:
2318
    case bp_longjmp_resume:
2319
    case bp_step_resume:
2320
    case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2321
    case bp_call_dummy:
2322
    default:
2323
      return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2324
    }
2325
}
2326
 
2327
/* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
2328
   stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
2329
   'print_it' in the bpstat structure.  Under some circumstances we
2330
   may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
2331
   normal_stop(). */
2332
 
2333
static enum print_stop_action
2334
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
2335
{
2336
  switch (bs->print_it)
2337
    {
2338
    case print_it_noop:
2339
      /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
2340
      return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2341
      break;
2342
 
2343
    case print_it_done:
2344
      /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
2345
         relevant messages. */
2346
      return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2347
      break;
2348
 
2349
    case print_it_normal:
2350
      {
2351
        const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2352
        struct breakpoint *b = bl ? bl->owner : NULL;
2353
 
2354
        /* Normal case.  Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
2355
           print_it_typical.  */
2356
        /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here?  */
2357
        if (b != NULL && b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_it != NULL)
2358
          return b->ops->print_it (b);
2359
        else
2360
          return print_it_typical (bs);
2361
      }
2362
        break;
2363
 
2364
    default:
2365
      internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
2366
                      _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
2367
      break;
2368
    }
2369
}
2370
 
2371
/* Print a message indicating what happened.  This is called from
2372
   normal_stop().  The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
2373
   list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop.  This
2374
   routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
2375
   about reasons for stopping.  This will print (for example) the
2376
   "Breakpoint n," part of the output.  The return value of this
2377
   routine is one of:
2378
 
2379
   PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
2380
   PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
2381
   code to print the location. An example is
2382
   "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
2383
   the location.
2384
   PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
2385
   to also print the location part of the message.
2386
   An example is the catch/throw messages, which
2387
   don't require a location appended to the end.
2388
   PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
2389
   further info to be printed.*/
2390
 
2391
enum print_stop_action
2392
bpstat_print (bpstat bs)
2393
{
2394
  int val;
2395
 
2396
  /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
2397
     (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
2398
     That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
2399
     with respect to bpstat_explains_signal).  */
2400
  for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
2401
    {
2402
      val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
2403
      if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
2404
          || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
2405
          || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
2406
        return val;
2407
    }
2408
 
2409
  /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
2410
     with and nothing was printed. */
2411
  return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2412
}
2413
 
2414
/* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
2415
   This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
2416
   The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
2417
   make it pass through catch_errors.  */
2418
 
2419
static int
2420
breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
2421
{
2422
  struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2423
  int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
2424
  value_free_to_mark (mark);
2425
  return i;
2426
}
2427
 
2428
/* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one.  */
2429
 
2430
static bpstat
2431
bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *bl, bpstat cbs /* Current "bs" value */ )
2432
{
2433
  bpstat bs;
2434
 
2435
  bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
2436
  cbs->next = bs;
2437
  bs->breakpoint_at = bl;
2438
  /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands.  */
2439
  bs->commands = NULL;
2440
  bs->old_val = NULL;
2441
  bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
2442
  return bs;
2443
}
2444
 
2445
/* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS.  Check if any hardware
2446
   watchpoints have triggered, according to the target.  */
2447
 
2448
int
2449
watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
2450
{
2451
  int stopped_by_watchpoint = STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (*ws);
2452
  CORE_ADDR addr;
2453
  struct breakpoint *b;
2454
 
2455
  if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
2456
    {
2457
      /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint.  Mark all watchpoints
2458
         as not triggered.  */
2459
      ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2460
        if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2461
            || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2462
            || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2463
          b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
2464
 
2465
      return 0;
2466
    }
2467
 
2468
  if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
2469
    {
2470
      /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
2471
         Mark all watchpoints as unknown.  */
2472
      ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2473
        if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2474
            || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2475
            || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2476
          b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
2477
 
2478
      return stopped_by_watchpoint;
2479
    }
2480
 
2481
  /* The target could report the data address.  Mark watchpoints
2482
     affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
2483
     triggered.  */
2484
 
2485
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2486
    if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2487
        || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2488
        || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2489
      {
2490
        struct bp_location *loc;
2491
        struct value *v;
2492
 
2493
        b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
2494
        for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2495
          /* Exact match not required.  Within range is
2496
             sufficient.  */
2497
          if (addr >= loc->address
2498
              && addr < loc->address + loc->length)
2499
            {
2500
              b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
2501
              break;
2502
            }
2503
      }
2504
 
2505
  return 1;
2506
}
2507
 
2508
/* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
2509
   because of check_errors).  */
2510
/* The watchpoint has been deleted.  */
2511
#define WP_DELETED 1
2512
/* The value has changed.  */
2513
#define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
2514
/* The value has not changed.  */
2515
#define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
2516
 
2517
#define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
2518
#define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
2519
 
2520
/* Check watchpoint condition.  */
2521
 
2522
static int
2523
watchpoint_check (void *p)
2524
{
2525
  bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
2526
  struct breakpoint *b;
2527
  struct frame_info *fr;
2528
  int within_current_scope;
2529
 
2530
  b = bs->breakpoint_at->owner;
2531
 
2532
  if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
2533
    within_current_scope = 1;
2534
  else
2535
    {
2536
      /* There is no current frame at this moment.  If we're going to have
2537
         any chance of handling watchpoints on local variables, we'll need
2538
         the frame chain (so we can determine if we're in scope).  */
2539
      reinit_frame_cache ();
2540
      fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
2541
      within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
2542
 
2543
      /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
2544
         returned a frame that can't describe this variable.  */
2545
      if (within_current_scope
2546
          && block_function (b->exp_valid_block) != get_frame_function (fr))
2547
        within_current_scope = 0;
2548
 
2549
      /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
2550
         in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
2551
         Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
2552
         stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
2553
         state as `not changed' without further checking.
2554
 
2555
         vinschen/2003-09-04: The former implementation left out the case
2556
         that the watchpoint frame couldn't be found by frame_find_by_id()
2557
         because the current PC is currently in an epilogue.  Calling
2558
         gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p() also when fr == NULL fixes that. */
2559
      if ((!within_current_scope || fr == get_current_frame ())
2560
          && gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (current_gdbarch, read_pc ()))
2561
        return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2562
      if (fr && within_current_scope)
2563
        /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
2564
           in normal_stop.  So this call to select_frame won't affect
2565
           the user.  */
2566
        select_frame (fr);
2567
    }
2568
 
2569
  if (within_current_scope)
2570
    {
2571
      /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
2572
         *long* time before we return to the command level and
2573
         call free_all_values.  We can't call free_all_values because
2574
         we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call.  */
2575
 
2576
      struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2577
      struct value *new_val = evaluate_expression (b->exp);
2578
      if (!value_equal (b->val, new_val))
2579
        {
2580
          release_value (new_val);
2581
          value_free_to_mark (mark);
2582
          bs->old_val = b->val;
2583
          b->val = new_val;
2584
          /* We will stop here */
2585
          return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
2586
        }
2587
      else
2588
        {
2589
          /* Nothing changed, don't do anything.  */
2590
          value_free_to_mark (mark);
2591
          /* We won't stop here */
2592
          return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2593
        }
2594
    }
2595
  else
2596
    {
2597
      /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
2598
         if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
2599
         we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
2600
         garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
2601
         garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
2602
         So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
2603
         watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
2604
         the first value assigned).  */
2605
      /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
2606
         in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
2607
         will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
2608
         information here. */
2609
      if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2610
        ui_out_field_string
2611
          (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
2612
      ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
2613
      ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->number);
2614
      ui_out_text (uiout, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
2615
which its expression is valid.\n");
2616
 
2617
      if (b->related_breakpoint)
2618
        b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2619
      b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2620
 
2621
      return WP_DELETED;
2622
    }
2623
}
2624
 
2625
/* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
2626
   BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
2627
 
2628
   Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
2629
   don't understand this stop.  Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
2630
 
2631
   if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
2632
 
2633
   if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
2634
 
2635
   Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
2636
   watchpoint at which we have stopped.  (We may have stopped for
2637
   several reasons concurrently.)
2638
 
2639
   Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
2640
   commands, FIXME??? fields.  */
2641
 
2642
bpstat
2643
bpstat_stop_status (CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
2644
{
2645
  struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
2646
  const struct bp_location *bl;
2647
  /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
2648
  struct bpstats root_bs[1];
2649
  /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently.  */
2650
  bpstat bs = root_bs;
2651
  int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
2652
 
2653
  ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl)
2654
  {
2655
    b = bl->owner;
2656
    gdb_assert (b);
2657
    if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2658
      continue;
2659
 
2660
    if (b->type != bp_watchpoint
2661
        && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
2662
        && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
2663
        && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint
2664
        && b->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint
2665
        && b->type != bp_catch_fork
2666
        && b->type != bp_catch_vfork
2667
        && b->type != bp_catch_exec)    /* a non-watchpoint bp */
2668
      {
2669
        if (bl->address != bp_addr)     /* address doesn't match */
2670
          continue;
2671
        if (overlay_debugging           /* unmapped overlay section */
2672
            && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2673
            && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2674
          continue;
2675
      }
2676
 
2677
    /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
2678
       reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
2679
       some data address).  Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
2680
       in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
2681
       been defined.  Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
2682
       (did not match the data address).  */
2683
 
2684
    if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2685
         || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2686
         || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2687
        && b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
2688
      continue;
2689
 
2690
    if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2691
      {
2692
        if (bl->address != bp_addr)
2693
          continue;
2694
        if (overlay_debugging           /* unmapped overlay section */
2695
            && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2696
            && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2697
          continue;
2698
      }
2699
 
2700
    /* Is this a catchpoint of a load or unload?  If so, did we
2701
       get a load or unload of the specified library?  If not,
2702
       ignore it. */
2703
    if ((b->type == bp_catch_load)
2704
#if defined(SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT)
2705
        && (!SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT (PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2706
            || ((b->dll_pathname != NULL)
2707
                && (strcmp (b->dll_pathname,
2708
                            SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
2709
                              PIDGET (inferior_ptid)))
2710
                    != 0)))
2711
#endif
2712
      )
2713
      continue;
2714
 
2715
    if ((b->type == bp_catch_unload)
2716
#if defined(SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT)
2717
        && (!SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT (PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2718
            || ((b->dll_pathname != NULL)
2719
                && (strcmp (b->dll_pathname,
2720
                            SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
2721
                              PIDGET (inferior_ptid)))
2722
                    != 0)))
2723
#endif
2724
      )
2725
      continue;
2726
 
2727
    if ((b->type == bp_catch_fork)
2728
        && !inferior_has_forked (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
2729
                                 &b->forked_inferior_pid))
2730
      continue;
2731
 
2732
    if ((b->type == bp_catch_vfork)
2733
        && !inferior_has_vforked (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
2734
                                  &b->forked_inferior_pid))
2735
      continue;
2736
 
2737
    if ((b->type == bp_catch_exec)
2738
        && !inferior_has_execd (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), &b->exec_pathname))
2739
      continue;
2740
 
2741
    /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location.
2742
       The watchpoint_check function will work on entire expression,
2743
       not the individual locations.  For read watchopints, the
2744
       watchpoints_triggered function have checked all locations
2745
       alrea
2746
     */
2747
    if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
2748
      continue;
2749
 
2750
    /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
2751
 
2752
    bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, bs); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
2753
 
2754
    /* Watchpoints may change this, if not found to have triggered. */
2755
    bs->stop = 1;
2756
    bs->print = 1;
2757
 
2758
    if (b->type == bp_watchpoint
2759
        || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2760
        || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint
2761
        || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
2762
      {
2763
        CORE_ADDR addr;
2764
        struct value *v;
2765
        int must_check_value = 0;
2766
 
2767
        if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
2768
          /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
2769
             watched value.  */
2770
          must_check_value = 1;
2771
        else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
2772
          /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
2773
             and the target earlier reported an address watched by
2774
             this watchpoint.  */
2775
          must_check_value = 1;
2776
        else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
2777
                 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
2778
          /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
2779
             not report the data address.  We must check the watchpoint's
2780
             value.  Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
2781
             a data address, we can't figure it out.  */
2782
          must_check_value = 1;
2783
 
2784
        if (must_check_value)
2785
          {
2786
            char *message = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
2787
                                        b->number);
2788
            struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2789
            int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
2790
                                  RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2791
            do_cleanups (cleanups);
2792
            switch (e)
2793
              {
2794
              case WP_DELETED:
2795
                /* We've already printed what needs to be printed.  */
2796
                bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2797
                /* Stop.  */
2798
                break;
2799
              case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
2800
                if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
2801
                  {
2802
                    /* Don't stop: read watchpoints shouldn't fire if
2803
                       the value has changed.  This is for targets
2804
                       which cannot set read-only watchpoints.  */
2805
                    bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2806
                    bs->stop = 0;
2807
                    continue;
2808
                  }
2809
                ++(b->hit_count);
2810
                break;
2811
              case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
2812
                if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2813
                    || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
2814
                  {
2815
                    /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
2816
                       the value hasn't changed.  */
2817
                    bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2818
                    bs->stop = 0;
2819
                    continue;
2820
                  }
2821
                /* Stop.  */
2822
                ++(b->hit_count);
2823
                break;
2824
              default:
2825
                /* Can't happen.  */
2826
              case 0:
2827
                /* Error from catch_errors.  */
2828
                printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number);
2829
                if (b->related_breakpoint)
2830
                  b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2831
                b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2832
                /* We've already printed what needs to be printed.  */
2833
                bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2834
                break;
2835
              }
2836
          }
2837
        else    /* must_check_value == 0 */
2838
          {
2839
            /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
2840
               not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
2841
               watchpoint triggered after all.  So don't print
2842
               anything for this watchpoint.  */
2843
            bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2844
            bs->stop = 0;
2845
            continue;
2846
          }
2847
      }
2848
    else
2849
      {
2850
        /* By definition, an encountered breakpoint is a triggered
2851
           breakpoint. */
2852
        ++(b->hit_count);
2853
      }
2854
 
2855
    if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
2856
        && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
2857
      bs->stop = 0;
2858
    else
2859
      {
2860
        int value_is_zero = 0;
2861
 
2862
        /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
2863
           watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
2864
           out-of-scope event.  We'll get to the watchpoint next
2865
           iteration.  */
2866
        if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
2867
          b->related_breakpoint->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
2868
 
2869
        if (bl->cond && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2870
          {
2871
            /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies
2872
               so that the conditions will have the right context.  */
2873
            select_frame (get_current_frame ());
2874
            value_is_zero
2875
              = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, (bl->cond),
2876
                              "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
2877
                              RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2878
            /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
2879
            free_all_values ();
2880
          }
2881
        if (bl->cond && value_is_zero)
2882
          {
2883
            bs->stop = 0;
2884
            /* Don't consider this a hit.  */
2885
            --(b->hit_count);
2886
          }
2887
        else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
2888
          {
2889
            bs->stop = 0;
2890
            /* Don't consider this a hit.  */
2891
            --(b->hit_count);
2892
          }
2893
        else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
2894
          {
2895
            b->ignore_count--;
2896
            annotate_ignore_count_change ();
2897
            bs->stop = 0;
2898
          }
2899
        else if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event)
2900
          /* We do not stop for these.  */
2901
          bs->stop = 0;
2902
        else
2903
          {
2904
            /* We will stop here */
2905
            if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
2906
              b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2907
            if (b->silent)
2908
              bs->print = 0;
2909
            bs->commands = b->commands;
2910
            if (bs->commands &&
2911
                (strcmp ("silent", bs->commands->line) == 0
2912
                 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", bs->commands->line) == 0)))
2913
              {
2914
                bs->commands = bs->commands->next;
2915
                bs->print = 0;
2916
              }
2917
            bs->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
2918
          }
2919
      }
2920
    /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or if we dont print.  */
2921
    if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
2922
      bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2923
  }
2924
 
2925
  bs->next = NULL;              /* Terminate the chain */
2926
  bs = root_bs->next;           /* Re-grab the head of the chain */
2927
 
2928
  /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
2929
     not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
2930
     watching may have.  Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
2931
     done later.  */
2932
  for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2933
    if (bs->stop)
2934
      break;
2935
 
2936
  if (bs == NULL)
2937
    for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2938
      if (!bs->stop
2939
          && (bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2940
              || bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2941
              || bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
2942
        {
2943
          /* remove/insert can invalidate bs->breakpoint_at, if this
2944
             location is no longer used by the watchpoint.  Prevent
2945
             further code from trying to use it.  */
2946
          bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
2947
          remove_breakpoints ();
2948
          insert_breakpoints ();
2949
          break;
2950
        }
2951
 
2952
  return root_bs->next;
2953
}
2954
 
2955
/* Tell what to do about this bpstat.  */
2956
struct bpstat_what
2957
bpstat_what (bpstat bs)
2958
{
2959
  /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following.  */
2960
  enum class
2961
    {
2962
      /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action.  */
2963
      no_effect = 0,
2964
 
2965
      /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print.  */
2966
      wp_silent,
2967
 
2968
      /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print.  */
2969
      wp_noisy,
2970
 
2971
      /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping.  */
2972
      bp_nostop,
2973
 
2974
      /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print.  */
2975
      bp_silent,
2976
 
2977
      /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print.  */
2978
      bp_noisy,
2979
 
2980
      /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint.  */
2981
      long_jump,
2982
 
2983
      /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint.  */
2984
      long_resume,
2985
 
2986
      /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint.  */
2987
      step_resume,
2988
 
2989
      /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint.  */
2990
      shlib_event,
2991
 
2992
      /* We caught a shared library event.  */
2993
      catch_shlib_event,
2994
 
2995
      /* This is just used to count how many enums there are.  */
2996
      class_last
2997
    };
2998
 
2999
  /* Here is the table which drives this routine.  So that we can
3000
     format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
3001
     enum bpstat_what codes.  */
3002
#define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
3003
#define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
3004
#define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3005
#define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
3006
#define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
3007
#define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
3008
#define clrs BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME_SINGLE
3009
#define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
3010
#define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
3011
#define shlr BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS_RESUME_FROM_HOOK
3012
 
3013
/* "Can't happen."  Might want to print an error message.
3014
   abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
3015
   a bit confused, not unusable.  */
3016
#define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3017
 
3018
  /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action.  */
3019
  /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
3020
     as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy.  That is because
3021
     after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
3022
     (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
3023
     reference to how we stopped.  We retain separate wp_silent and
3024
     bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
3025
 
3026
     Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
3027
     there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions.  Once
3028
     you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
3029
     back and decide something of a lower priority is better.  The
3030
     ordering is:
3031
 
3032
     kc   < clr sgl shl shlr slr sn sr ss
3033
     sgl  < clrs shl shlr slr sn sr ss
3034
     slr  < err shl shlr sn sr ss
3035
     clr  < clrs err shl shlr sn sr ss
3036
     clrs < err shl shlr sn sr ss
3037
     ss   < shl shlr sn sr
3038
     sn   < shl shlr sr
3039
     shl  < shlr sr
3040
     shlr < sr
3041
     sr   <
3042
 
3043
     What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
3044
     here.  If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
3045
     it'd look awfully regular.  We could simply walk the bpstat list
3046
     and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
3047
     logic to handle the 'err' cases, and the CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME/
3048
     CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME_SINGLE distinction (which breakpoint.h says
3049
     is messy anyway).  */
3050
 
3051
  /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
3052
     breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
3053
     at where we set the step_resume breakpoint).  */
3054
 
3055
  static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
3056
    table[(int) class_last][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST] =
3057
  {
3058
  /*                              old action */
3059
  /*       kc    ss    sn    sgl    slr   clr    clrs   sr   shl   shlr
3060
   */
3061
/*no_effect */
3062
    {kc, ss, sn, sgl, slr, clr, clrs, sr, shl, shlr},
3063
/*wp_silent */
3064
    {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl, shlr},
3065
/*wp_noisy */
3066
    {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl, shlr},
3067
/*bp_nostop */
3068
    {sgl, ss, sn, sgl, slr, clrs, clrs, sr, shl, shlr},
3069
/*bp_silent */
3070
    {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl, shlr},
3071
/*bp_noisy */
3072
    {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl, shlr},
3073
/*long_jump */
3074
    {slr, ss, sn, slr, slr, err, err, sr, shl, shlr},
3075
/*long_resume */
3076
    {clr, ss, sn, clrs, err, err, err, sr, shl, shlr},
3077
/*step_resume */
3078
    {sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr},
3079
/*shlib */
3080
    {shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, sr, shl, shlr},
3081
/*catch_shlib */
3082
    {shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, sr, shlr, shlr}
3083
  };
3084
 
3085
#undef kc
3086
#undef ss
3087
#undef sn
3088
#undef sgl
3089
#undef slr
3090
#undef clr
3091
#undef clrs
3092
#undef err
3093
#undef sr
3094
#undef ts
3095
#undef shl
3096
#undef shlr
3097
  enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
3098
  struct bpstat_what retval;
3099
 
3100
  retval.call_dummy = 0;
3101
  for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3102
    {
3103
      enum class bs_class = no_effect;
3104
      if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
3105
        /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
3106
           which has since been deleted.  */
3107
        continue;
3108
      switch (bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type)
3109
        {
3110
        case bp_none:
3111
          continue;
3112
 
3113
        case bp_breakpoint:
3114
        case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3115
        case bp_until:
3116
        case bp_finish:
3117
          if (bs->stop)
3118
            {
3119
              if (bs->print)
3120
                bs_class = bp_noisy;
3121
              else
3122
                bs_class = bp_silent;
3123
            }
3124
          else
3125
            bs_class = bp_nostop;
3126
          break;
3127
        case bp_watchpoint:
3128
        case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3129
        case bp_read_watchpoint:
3130
        case bp_access_watchpoint:
3131
          if (bs->stop)
3132
            {
3133
              if (bs->print)
3134
                bs_class = wp_noisy;
3135
              else
3136
                bs_class = wp_silent;
3137
            }
3138
          else
3139
            /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3140
               This requires no further action.  */
3141
            bs_class = no_effect;
3142
          break;
3143
        case bp_longjmp:
3144
          bs_class = long_jump;
3145
          break;
3146
        case bp_longjmp_resume:
3147
          bs_class = long_resume;
3148
          break;
3149
        case bp_step_resume:
3150
          if (bs->stop)
3151
            {
3152
              bs_class = step_resume;
3153
            }
3154
          else
3155
            /* It is for the wrong frame.  */
3156
            bs_class = bp_nostop;
3157
          break;
3158
        case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3159
          bs_class = bp_nostop;
3160
          break;
3161
        case bp_shlib_event:
3162
          bs_class = shlib_event;
3163
          break;
3164
        case bp_thread_event:
3165
        case bp_overlay_event:
3166
          bs_class = bp_nostop;
3167
          break;
3168
        case bp_catch_load:
3169
        case bp_catch_unload:
3170
          /* Only if this catchpoint triggered should we cause the
3171
             step-out-of-dld behaviour.  Otherwise, we ignore this
3172
             catchpoint.  */
3173
          if (bs->stop)
3174
            bs_class = catch_shlib_event;
3175
          else
3176
            bs_class = no_effect;
3177
          break;
3178
        case bp_catch_fork:
3179
        case bp_catch_vfork:
3180
        case bp_catch_exec:
3181
          if (bs->stop)
3182
            {
3183
              if (bs->print)
3184
                bs_class = bp_noisy;
3185
              else
3186
                bs_class = bp_silent;
3187
            }
3188
          else
3189
            /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3190
               This requires no further action.  */
3191
            bs_class = no_effect;
3192
          break;
3193
        case bp_call_dummy:
3194
          /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
3195
             so infrun.c pops the dummy frame.  */
3196
          bs_class = bp_silent;
3197
          retval.call_dummy = 1;
3198
          break;
3199
        }
3200
      current_action = table[(int) bs_class][(int) current_action];
3201
    }
3202
  retval.main_action = current_action;
3203
  return retval;
3204
}
3205
 
3206
/* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
3207
   without hardware support).  This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
3208
   just to things like whether watchpoints are set.  */
3209
 
3210
int
3211
bpstat_should_step (void)
3212
{
3213
  struct breakpoint *b;
3214
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3215
    if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint)
3216
      return 1;
3217
  return 0;
3218
}
3219
 
3220
 
3221
 
3222
/* Given a bpstat that records zero or more triggered eventpoints, this
3223
   function returns another bpstat which contains only the catchpoints
3224
   on that first list, if any. */
3225
void
3226
bpstat_get_triggered_catchpoints (bpstat ep_list, bpstat *cp_list)
3227
{
3228
  struct bpstats root_bs[1];
3229
  bpstat bs = root_bs;
3230
  struct breakpoint *ep;
3231
  char *dll_pathname;
3232
 
3233
  bpstat_clear (cp_list);
3234
  root_bs->next = NULL;
3235
 
3236
  for (; ep_list != NULL; ep_list = ep_list->next)
3237
    {
3238
      /* Is this eventpoint a catchpoint?  If not, ignore it. */
3239
      ep = ep_list->breakpoint_at->owner;
3240
      if (ep == NULL)
3241
        break;
3242
      if ((ep->type != bp_catch_load) &&
3243
          (ep->type != bp_catch_unload))
3244
        /* pai: (temp) ADD fork/vfork here!!  */
3245
        continue;
3246
 
3247
      /* Yes; add it to the list. */
3248
      bs = bpstat_alloc (ep_list->breakpoint_at, bs);
3249
      *bs = *ep_list;
3250
      bs->next = NULL;
3251
      bs = root_bs->next;
3252
 
3253
#if defined(SOLIB_ADD)
3254
      /* Also, for each triggered catchpoint, tag it with the name of
3255
         the library that caused this trigger.  (We copy the name now,
3256
         because it's only guaranteed to be available NOW, when the
3257
         catchpoint triggers.  Clients who may wish to know the name
3258
         later must get it from the catchpoint itself.) */
3259
      if (ep->triggered_dll_pathname != NULL)
3260
        xfree (ep->triggered_dll_pathname);
3261
      if (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
3262
        dll_pathname = SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
3263
                         PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
3264
      else
3265
        dll_pathname = SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
3266
                         PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
3267
#else
3268
      dll_pathname = NULL;
3269
#endif
3270
      if (dll_pathname)
3271
        {
3272
          ep->triggered_dll_pathname = (char *)
3273
            xmalloc (strlen (dll_pathname) + 1);
3274
          strcpy (ep->triggered_dll_pathname, dll_pathname);
3275
        }
3276
      else
3277
        ep->triggered_dll_pathname = NULL;
3278
    }
3279
 
3280
  *cp_list = bs;
3281
}
3282
 
3283
static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3284
                                       struct bp_location *loc,
3285
                                       char *wrap_indent,
3286
                                       struct ui_stream *stb)
3287
{
3288
  if (b->source_file)
3289
    {
3290
      struct symbol *sym
3291
        = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
3292
      if (sym)
3293
        {
3294
          ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
3295
          ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
3296
                               SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
3297
          ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent);
3298
          ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
3299
        }
3300
      ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file);
3301
      ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
3302
 
3303
      if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3304
        {
3305
          struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
3306
          char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
3307
 
3308
          if (fullname)
3309
            ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
3310
        }
3311
 
3312
      ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number);
3313
    }
3314
  else if (!b->loc)
3315
    {
3316
      ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
3317
    }
3318
  else
3319
    {
3320
      print_address_symbolic (loc->address, stb->stream, demangle, "");
3321
      ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
3322
    }
3323
}
3324
 
3325
/* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
3326
static void
3327
print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3328
                               struct bp_location *loc,
3329
                               int loc_number,
3330
                               CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3331
{
3332
  struct command_line *l;
3333
  struct symbol *sym;
3334
  struct ep_type_description
3335
    {
3336
      enum bptype type;
3337
      char *description;
3338
    };
3339
  static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
3340
  {
3341
    {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
3342
    {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
3343
    {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
3344
    {bp_until, "until"},
3345
    {bp_finish, "finish"},
3346
    {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
3347
    {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
3348
    {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
3349
    {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
3350
    {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
3351
    {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
3352
    {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
3353
    {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
3354
    {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
3355
    {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
3356
    {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
3357
    {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
3358
    {bp_catch_load, "catch load"},
3359
    {bp_catch_unload, "catch unload"},
3360
    {bp_catch_fork, "catch fork"},
3361
    {bp_catch_vfork, "catch vfork"},
3362
    {bp_catch_exec, "catch exec"}
3363
  };
3364
 
3365
  static char *bpdisps[] =
3366
  {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
3367
  static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
3368
  char wrap_indent[80];
3369
  struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
3370
  struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
3371
  struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
3372
 
3373
  int header_of_multiple = 0;
3374
  int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
3375
 
3376
  gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
3377
  /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
3378
     treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
3379
     location.  */
3380
  if (loc == NULL
3381
      && (b->loc != NULL
3382
          && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
3383
    header_of_multiple = 1;
3384
  if (loc == NULL)
3385
    loc = b->loc;
3386
 
3387
  annotate_record ();
3388
  bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
3389
 
3390
  /* 1 */
3391
  annotate_field (0);
3392
  if (part_of_multiple)
3393
    {
3394
      char *formatted;
3395
      formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
3396
      ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
3397
      xfree (formatted);
3398
    }
3399
  else
3400
    {
3401
      ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
3402
    }
3403
 
3404
  /* 2 */
3405
  annotate_field (1);
3406
  if (part_of_multiple)
3407
    ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
3408
  else
3409
    {
3410
      if (((int) b->type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
3411
          || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
3412
        internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3413
                        _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
3414
                        (int) b->type);
3415
      ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int) b->type].description);
3416
    }
3417
 
3418
  /* 3 */
3419
  annotate_field (2);
3420
  if (part_of_multiple)
3421
    ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
3422
  else
3423
    ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int) b->disposition]);
3424
 
3425
 
3426
  /* 4 */
3427
  annotate_field (3);
3428
  if (part_of_multiple)
3429
    ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
3430
  else
3431
      ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
3432
                        bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
3433
  ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
3434
 
3435
 
3436
  /* 5 and 6 */
3437
  strcpy (wrap_indent, "                           ");
3438
  if (addressprint)
3439
    {
3440
      if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3441
        strcat (wrap_indent, "           ");
3442
      else
3443
        strcat (wrap_indent, "                   ");
3444
    }
3445
 
3446
  if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
3447
    {
3448
      /* Although the print_one can possibly print
3449
         all locations,  calling it here is not likely
3450
         to get any nice result.  So, make sure there's
3451
         just one location.  */
3452
      gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
3453
      b->ops->print_one (b, last_addr);
3454
    }
3455
  else
3456
    switch (b->type)
3457
      {
3458
      case bp_none:
3459
        internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3460
                        _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
3461
        break;
3462
 
3463
      case bp_watchpoint:
3464
      case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3465
      case bp_read_watchpoint:
3466
      case bp_access_watchpoint:
3467
        /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3468
           not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3469
           is relatively readable).  */
3470
        if (addressprint)
3471
          ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3472
        annotate_field (5);
3473
        print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
3474
        ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", stb);
3475
        break;
3476
 
3477
      case bp_catch_load:
3478
      case bp_catch_unload:
3479
        /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3480
           not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3481
           is relatively readable).  */
3482
        if (addressprint)
3483
          ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3484
        annotate_field (5);
3485
        if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
3486
          {
3487
            ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
3488
            ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
3489
          }
3490
        else
3491
          {
3492
            ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
3493
            ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
3494
            ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
3495
          }
3496
        break;
3497
 
3498
      case bp_catch_fork:
3499
      case bp_catch_vfork:
3500
        /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3501
           not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3502
           is relatively readable).  */
3503
        if (addressprint)
3504
          ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3505
        annotate_field (5);
3506
        if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
3507
          {
3508
            ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
3509
            ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
3510
            ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
3511
          }
3512
        break;
3513
 
3514
      case bp_catch_exec:
3515
        /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3516
           not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3517
           is relatively readable).  */
3518
        if (addressprint)
3519
          ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3520
        annotate_field (5);
3521
        if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
3522
          {
3523
            ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
3524
            ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
3525
            ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
3526
          }
3527
        break;
3528
 
3529
      case bp_breakpoint:
3530
      case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3531
      case bp_until:
3532
      case bp_finish:
3533
      case bp_longjmp:
3534
      case bp_longjmp_resume:
3535
      case bp_step_resume:
3536
      case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3537
      case bp_call_dummy:
3538
      case bp_shlib_event:
3539
      case bp_thread_event:
3540
      case bp_overlay_event:
3541
        if (addressprint)
3542
          {
3543
            annotate_field (4);
3544
            if (header_of_multiple)
3545
              ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
3546
            if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
3547
              ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
3548
            else
3549
              ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", loc->address);
3550
          }
3551
        annotate_field (5);
3552
        if (!header_of_multiple)
3553
          print_breakpoint_location (b, loc, wrap_indent, stb);
3554
        if (b->loc)
3555
          *last_addr = b->loc->address;
3556
        break;
3557
      }
3558
 
3559
  if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
3560
    {
3561
      /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
3562
         "stop only in" line a little further down. */
3563
      ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
3564
      ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3565
    }
3566
 
3567
  ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3568
 
3569
  if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
3570
    {
3571
      annotate_field (6);
3572
      ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
3573
      /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
3574
         the frame ID.  */
3575
      ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame", b->frame_id.stack_addr);
3576
      ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3577
    }
3578
 
3579
  if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string && !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b))
3580
    {
3581
      /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
3582
         because the condition is an internal implementation detail
3583
         that we do not want to expose to the user.  */
3584
      annotate_field (7);
3585
      ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
3586
      ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
3587
      ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3588
    }
3589
 
3590
  if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
3591
    {
3592
      /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3593
      ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
3594
      ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3595
      ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3596
    }
3597
 
3598
  if (!part_of_multiple && show_breakpoint_hit_counts && b->hit_count)
3599
    {
3600
      /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3601
      if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
3602
        ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
3603
      else
3604
        ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
3605
      ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
3606
      ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3607
      if (b->hit_count == 1)
3608
        ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
3609
      else
3610
        ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
3611
    }
3612
 
3613
  /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
3614
     mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
3615
  if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3616
    if (!part_of_multiple && show_breakpoint_hit_counts && b->hit_count == 0)
3617
      ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3618
 
3619
  if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
3620
    {
3621
      annotate_field (8);
3622
      ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
3623
      ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
3624
      ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
3625
    }
3626
 
3627
  if (!part_of_multiple && (l = b->commands))
3628
    {
3629
      struct cleanup *script_chain;
3630
 
3631
      annotate_field (9);
3632
      script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
3633
      print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
3634
      do_cleanups (script_chain);
3635
    }
3636
  do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
3637
  do_cleanups (old_chain);
3638
}
3639
 
3640
static void
3641
print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
3642
                      CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3643
{
3644
  print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_addr);
3645
 
3646
  /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
3647
     it's already printed.  Otherwise, print individual
3648
     locations, if any.  */
3649
  if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
3650
    {
3651
      /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
3652
         disabled, we print it as if it had
3653
         several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
3654
         represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
3655
         situation.
3656
         Note that while hardware watchpoints have
3657
         several locations internally, that's no a property
3658
         exposed to user.  */
3659
      if (b->loc
3660
          && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
3661
          && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled)
3662
          && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3663
        {
3664
          struct bp_location *loc;
3665
          int n = 1;
3666
          for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
3667
            print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_addr);
3668
        }
3669
    }
3670
}
3671
 
3672
 
3673
struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
3674
  {
3675
    int bnum;
3676
  };
3677
 
3678
static int
3679
do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
3680
{
3681
  struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
3682
  struct breakpoint *b;
3683
  CORE_ADDR dummy_addr = 0;
3684
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3685
    {
3686
      if (args->bnum == b->number)
3687
        {
3688
          print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_addr);
3689
          return GDB_RC_OK;
3690
        }
3691
    }
3692
  return GDB_RC_NONE;
3693
}
3694
 
3695
enum gdb_rc
3696
gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum, char **error_message)
3697
{
3698
  struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
3699
  args.bnum = bnum;
3700
  /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
3701
     an error. */
3702
  if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
3703
                                 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
3704
    return GDB_RC_FAIL;
3705
  else
3706
    return GDB_RC_OK;
3707
}
3708
 
3709
/* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
3710
   catchpoints, et.al.). */
3711
 
3712
static int
3713
user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
3714
{
3715
  return (b->type == bp_breakpoint
3716
          || b->type == bp_catch_load
3717
          || b->type == bp_catch_unload
3718
          || b->type == bp_catch_fork
3719
          || b->type == bp_catch_vfork
3720
          || b->type == bp_catch_exec
3721
          || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
3722
          || b->type == bp_watchpoint
3723
          || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
3724
          || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint
3725
          || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint);
3726
}
3727
 
3728
/* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
3729
   number BNUM.  If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
3730
   If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
3731
 
3732
static void
3733
breakpoint_1 (int bnum, int allflag)
3734
{
3735
  struct breakpoint *b;
3736
  CORE_ADDR last_addr = (CORE_ADDR) -1;
3737
  int nr_printable_breakpoints;
3738
  struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
3739
 
3740
  /* Compute the number of rows in the table. */
3741
  nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
3742
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3743
    if (bnum == -1
3744
        || bnum == b->number)
3745
      {
3746
        if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3747
          nr_printable_breakpoints++;
3748
      }
3749
 
3750
  if (addressprint)
3751
    bkpttbl_chain
3752
      = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3753
                                             "BreakpointTable");
3754
  else
3755
    bkpttbl_chain
3756
      = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3757
                                             "BreakpointTable");
3758
 
3759
  if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3760
    annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
3761
  if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3762
    annotate_field (0);
3763
  ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num");             /* 1 */
3764
  if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3765
    annotate_field (1);
3766
  ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type");             /* 2 */
3767
  if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3768
    annotate_field (2);
3769
  ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp");              /* 3 */
3770
  if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3771
    annotate_field (3);
3772
  ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb");    /* 4 */
3773
  if (addressprint)
3774
        {
3775
          if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3776
            annotate_field (4);
3777
          if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3778
            ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3779
          else
3780
            ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3781
        }
3782
  if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3783
    annotate_field (5);
3784
  ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What");  /* 6 */
3785
  ui_out_table_body (uiout);
3786
  if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3787
    annotate_breakpoints_table ();
3788
 
3789
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3790
    if (bnum == -1
3791
        || bnum == b->number)
3792
      {
3793
        /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
3794
           allflag is set. */
3795
        if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3796
          print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_addr);
3797
      }
3798
 
3799
  do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
3800
 
3801
  if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
3802
    {
3803
      if (bnum == -1)
3804
        ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
3805
      else
3806
        ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
3807
                        bnum);
3808
    }
3809
  else
3810
    {
3811
      /* Compare against (CORE_ADDR)-1 in case some compiler decides
3812
         that a comparison of an unsigned with -1 is always false.  */
3813
      if (last_addr != (CORE_ADDR) -1 && !server_command)
3814
        set_next_address (last_addr);
3815
    }
3816
 
3817
  /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
3818
     there have been breakpoints? */
3819
  annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
3820
}
3821
 
3822
static void
3823
breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
3824
{
3825
  int bnum = -1;
3826
 
3827
  if (bnum_exp)
3828
    bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
3829
 
3830
  breakpoint_1 (bnum, 0);
3831
}
3832
 
3833
static void
3834
maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
3835
{
3836
  int bnum = -1;
3837
 
3838
  if (bnum_exp)
3839
    bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
3840
 
3841
  breakpoint_1 (bnum, 1);
3842
}
3843
 
3844
static int
3845
breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR pc, asection *section)
3846
{
3847
  struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
3848
  for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
3849
    {
3850
      if (bl->address == pc
3851
          && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
3852
        return 1;
3853
    }
3854
  return 0;
3855
}
3856
 
3857
/* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC.  */
3858
 
3859
static void
3860
describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR pc, asection *section, int thread)
3861
{
3862
  int others = 0;
3863
  struct breakpoint *b;
3864
 
3865
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3866
    others += breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section);
3867
  if (others > 0)
3868
    {
3869
      if (others == 1)
3870
        printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
3871
      else /* if (others == ???) */
3872
        printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
3873
      ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3874
        if (breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section))
3875
          {
3876
            others--;
3877
            printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
3878
            if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
3879
              printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
3880
            else if (b->thread != -1)
3881
              printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
3882
            printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
3883
                             ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled ||
3884
                               b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
3885
                              ? " (disabled)"
3886
                              : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
3887
                              ? " (permanent)"
3888
                              : ""),
3889
                             (others > 1) ? ","
3890
                             : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
3891
          }
3892
      printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
3893
      fputs_filtered (paddress (pc), gdb_stdout);
3894
      printf_filtered (".\n");
3895
    }
3896
}
3897
 
3898
/* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
3899
   for the `break' command with no arguments.  */
3900
 
3901
void
3902
set_default_breakpoint (int valid, CORE_ADDR addr, struct symtab *symtab,
3903
                        int line)
3904
{
3905
  default_breakpoint_valid = valid;
3906
  default_breakpoint_address = addr;
3907
  default_breakpoint_symtab = symtab;
3908
  default_breakpoint_line = line;
3909
}
3910
 
3911
/* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
3912
   BPT.  For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
3913
   and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
3914
   (or use it for any other purpose either).
3915
 
3916
   More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
3917
   have a zero valued address and we don't want check_duplicates() to mark
3918
   breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
3919
   breakpoint at address zero:
3920
 
3921
      bp_watchpoint
3922
      bp_hardware_watchpoint
3923
      bp_read_watchpoint
3924
      bp_access_watchpoint
3925
      bp_catch_exec
3926
      bp_longjmp_resume
3927
      bp_catch_fork
3928
      bp_catch_vork */
3929
 
3930
static int
3931
breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
3932
{
3933
  enum bptype type = bpt->type;
3934
 
3935
  return (type != bp_watchpoint
3936
          && type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3937
          && type != bp_read_watchpoint
3938
          && type != bp_access_watchpoint
3939
          && type != bp_catch_exec
3940
          && type != bp_longjmp_resume
3941
          && type != bp_catch_fork
3942
          && type != bp_catch_vfork);
3943
}
3944
 
3945
/* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section as BPT,
3946
   marking the first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates".
3947
   This is so that the bpt instruction is only inserted once.
3948
   If we have a permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make
3949
   that one the official one, and the rest as duplicates.  */
3950
 
3951
static void
3952
check_duplicates_for (CORE_ADDR address, asection *section)
3953
{
3954
  struct bp_location *b;
3955
  int count = 0;
3956
  struct bp_location *perm_bp = 0;
3957
 
3958
  ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
3959
    if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
3960
        && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
3961
        && b->enabled
3962
        && !b->shlib_disabled
3963
        && b->address == address        /* address / overlay match */
3964
        && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
3965
        && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
3966
    {
3967
      /* Have we found a permanent breakpoint?  */
3968
      if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3969
        {
3970
          perm_bp = b;
3971
          break;
3972
        }
3973
 
3974
      count++;
3975
      b->duplicate = count > 1;
3976
    }
3977
 
3978
  /* If we found a permanent breakpoint at this address, go over the
3979
     list again and declare all the other breakpoints there to be the
3980
     duplicates.  */
3981
  if (perm_bp)
3982
    {
3983
      perm_bp->duplicate = 0;
3984
 
3985
      /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted.  */
3986
      if (! perm_bp->inserted)
3987
        internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3988
                        _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
3989
                        "actually inserted"));
3990
 
3991
      ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
3992
        if (b != perm_bp)
3993
          {
3994
            if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
3995
                && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
3996
                && b->enabled && !b->shlib_disabled
3997
                && b->address == address        /* address / overlay match */
3998
                && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
3999
                && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4000
              {
4001
                if (b->inserted)
4002
                  internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4003
                                  _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
4004
                                  "a permanent breakpoint"));
4005
 
4006
                b->duplicate = 1;
4007
              }
4008
          }
4009
    }
4010
}
4011
 
4012
static void
4013
check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4014
{
4015
  struct bp_location *bl = bpt->loc;
4016
 
4017
  if (! breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (bpt))
4018
    return;
4019
 
4020
  for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
4021
    check_duplicates_for (bl->address, bl->section);
4022
}
4023
 
4024
static void
4025
breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
4026
                               int bnum, int have_bnum)
4027
{
4028
  char astr1[40];
4029
  char astr2[40];
4030
 
4031
  strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
4032
  strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
4033
  if (have_bnum)
4034
    warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
4035
             bnum, astr1, astr2);
4036
  else
4037
    warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
4038
}
4039
 
4040
/* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
4041
   on breakpoint placement.  Return the adjusted address.  Note: Very
4042
   few targets require this kind of adjustment.  For most targets,
4043
   this function is simply the identity function.  */
4044
 
4045
static CORE_ADDR
4046
adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
4047
{
4048
  if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (current_gdbarch))
4049
    {
4050
      /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment.  */
4051
      return bpaddr;
4052
    }
4053
  else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
4054
           || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4055
           || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
4056
           || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
4057
           || bptype == bp_catch_fork
4058
           || bptype == bp_catch_vfork
4059
           || bptype == bp_catch_exec)
4060
    {
4061
      /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
4062
         have their addresses modified.  */
4063
      return bpaddr;
4064
    }
4065
  else
4066
    {
4067
      CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
4068
 
4069
      /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
4070
         of breakpoint instructions.  Obtain the adjusted address.  */
4071
      adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (current_gdbarch,
4072
                                                           bpaddr);
4073
 
4074
      /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
4075
         a user's expectations.  Print a warning if an adjustment
4076
         is required.  */
4077
      if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
4078
        breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
4079
 
4080
      return adjusted_bpaddr;
4081
    }
4082
}
4083
 
4084
/* Allocate a struct bp_location.  */
4085
 
4086
static struct bp_location *
4087
allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bptype bp_type)
4088
{
4089
  struct bp_location *loc, *loc_p;
4090
 
4091
  loc = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location));
4092
  memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
4093
 
4094
  loc->owner = bpt;
4095
  loc->cond = NULL;
4096
  loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
4097
  loc->enabled = 1;
4098
 
4099
  switch (bp_type)
4100
    {
4101
    case bp_breakpoint:
4102
    case bp_until:
4103
    case bp_finish:
4104
    case bp_longjmp:
4105
    case bp_longjmp_resume:
4106
    case bp_step_resume:
4107
    case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4108
    case bp_call_dummy:
4109
    case bp_shlib_event:
4110
    case bp_thread_event:
4111
    case bp_overlay_event:
4112
    case bp_catch_load:
4113
    case bp_catch_unload:
4114
      loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
4115
      break;
4116
    case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4117
      loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
4118
      break;
4119
    case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4120
    case bp_read_watchpoint:
4121
    case bp_access_watchpoint:
4122
      loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
4123
      break;
4124
    case bp_watchpoint:
4125
    case bp_catch_fork:
4126
    case bp_catch_vfork:
4127
    case bp_catch_exec:
4128
      loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
4129
      break;
4130
    default:
4131
      internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
4132
    }
4133
 
4134
  /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain.  */
4135
 
4136
  loc_p = bp_location_chain;
4137
  if (loc_p == 0)
4138
    bp_location_chain = loc;
4139
  else
4140
    {
4141
      while (loc_p->global_next)
4142
        loc_p = loc_p->global_next;
4143
      loc_p->global_next = loc;
4144
    }
4145
 
4146
  return loc;
4147
}
4148
 
4149
static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
4150
{
4151
  if (loc->cond)
4152
    xfree (loc->cond);
4153
  xfree (loc);
4154
}
4155
 
4156
/* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below.  Creates a breakpoint
4157
   that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet.  */
4158
 
4159
static struct breakpoint *
4160
set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (enum bptype bptype)
4161
{
4162
  struct breakpoint *b, *b1;
4163
 
4164
  b = (struct breakpoint *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint));
4165
  memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
4166
 
4167
  b->type = bptype;
4168
  b->language = current_language->la_language;
4169
  b->input_radix = input_radix;
4170
  b->thread = -1;
4171
  b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4172
  b->next = 0;
4173
  b->silent = 0;
4174
  b->ignore_count = 0;
4175
  b->commands = NULL;
4176
  b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
4177
  b->dll_pathname = NULL;
4178
  b->triggered_dll_pathname = NULL;
4179
  b->forked_inferior_pid = 0;
4180
  b->exec_pathname = NULL;
4181
  b->ops = NULL;
4182
  b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
4183
 
4184
  /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
4185
     so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
4186
     of increasing numbers.  */
4187
 
4188
  b1 = breakpoint_chain;
4189
  if (b1 == 0)
4190
    breakpoint_chain = b;
4191
  else
4192
    {
4193
      while (b1->next)
4194
        b1 = b1->next;
4195
      b1->next = b;
4196
    }
4197
  return b;
4198
}
4199
 
4200
/* Initialize loc->function_name.  */
4201
static void
4202
set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc)
4203
{
4204
  if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
4205
      || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
4206
    {
4207
      find_pc_partial_function (loc->address, &(loc->function_name),
4208
                                NULL, NULL);
4209
      if (loc->function_name)
4210
        loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
4211
    }
4212
}
4213
 
4214
/* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
4215
   partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE.  The newly
4216
   created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
4217
   number are provided by SAL.  The newly created and partially
4218
   initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
4219
   is also returned as the value of this function.
4220
 
4221
   It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
4222
   the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
4223
   information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint.  In
4224
   particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
4225
   number!  Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
4226
   prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint.  If this
4227
   should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain.  */
4228
 
4229
struct breakpoint *
4230
set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype)
4231
{
4232
  struct breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (bptype);
4233
  CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
4234
 
4235
  /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
4236
     Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
4237
     location will be placed on the location chain.  Adjustment of the
4238
     breakpoint may cause read_memory_nobpt() to be called and we do
4239
     not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
4240
     location that's only been partially initialized.  */
4241
  adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (sal.pc, bptype);
4242
 
4243
  b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b, bptype);
4244
  b->loc->requested_address = sal.pc;
4245
  b->loc->address = adjusted_address;
4246
 
4247
  if (sal.symtab == NULL)
4248
    b->source_file = NULL;
4249
  else
4250
    b->source_file = savestring (sal.symtab->filename,
4251
                                 strlen (sal.symtab->filename));
4252
  b->loc->section = sal.section;
4253
  b->line_number = sal.line;
4254
 
4255
  set_breakpoint_location_function (b->loc);
4256
 
4257
  check_duplicates (b);
4258
  breakpoints_changed ();
4259
 
4260
  return b;
4261
}
4262
 
4263
 
4264
/* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
4265
   instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code.  */
4266
void
4267
make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
4268
{
4269
  struct bp_location *bl;
4270
  b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
4271
 
4272
  /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
4273
     Mark all locations as inserted.  For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
4274
     is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
4275
     to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
4276
     but it's easy to implmement.  */
4277
  for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
4278
    bl->inserted = 1;
4279
}
4280
 
4281
static struct breakpoint *
4282
create_internal_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type)
4283
{
4284
  static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
4285
  struct symtab_and_line sal;
4286
  struct breakpoint *b;
4287
 
4288
  init_sal (&sal);              /* initialize to zeroes */
4289
 
4290
  sal.pc = address;
4291
  sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
4292
 
4293
  b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
4294
  b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
4295
  b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
4296
 
4297
  return b;
4298
}
4299
 
4300
 
4301
static void
4302
create_longjmp_breakpoint (char *func_name)
4303
{
4304
  struct breakpoint *b;
4305
  struct minimal_symbol *m;
4306
 
4307
  if (func_name == NULL)
4308
    b = create_internal_breakpoint (0, bp_longjmp_resume);
4309
  else
4310
    {
4311
      if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, NULL)) == NULL)
4312
        return;
4313
 
4314
      b = create_internal_breakpoint (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m), bp_longjmp);
4315
    }
4316
 
4317
  b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4318
  b->silent = 1;
4319
  if (func_name)
4320
    b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
4321
}
4322
 
4323
/* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
4324
   if we do a longjmp().  When we hit that breakpoint, call
4325
   set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
4326
 
4327
void
4328
enable_longjmp_breakpoint (void)
4329
{
4330
  struct breakpoint *b;
4331
 
4332
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4333
    if (b->type == bp_longjmp)
4334
    {
4335
      b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4336
      check_duplicates (b);
4337
    }
4338
}
4339
 
4340
void
4341
disable_longjmp_breakpoint (void)
4342
{
4343
  struct breakpoint *b;
4344
 
4345
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4346
    if (b->type == bp_longjmp
4347
        || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume)
4348
    {
4349
      b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4350
      check_duplicates (b);
4351
    }
4352
}
4353
 
4354
static void
4355
create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name)
4356
{
4357
  struct breakpoint *b;
4358
  struct minimal_symbol *m;
4359
 
4360
  if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, NULL)) == NULL)
4361
    return;
4362
 
4363
  b = create_internal_breakpoint (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m),
4364
                                  bp_overlay_event);
4365
  b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
4366
 
4367
  if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
4368
    {
4369
      b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4370
      overlay_events_enabled = 1;
4371
    }
4372
  else
4373
    {
4374
      b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4375
      overlay_events_enabled = 0;
4376
    }
4377
}
4378
 
4379
void
4380
enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4381
{
4382
  struct breakpoint *b;
4383
 
4384
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4385
    if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4386
    {
4387
      b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4388
      check_duplicates (b);
4389
      overlay_events_enabled = 1;
4390
    }
4391
}
4392
 
4393
void
4394
disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4395
{
4396
  struct breakpoint *b;
4397
 
4398
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4399
    if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4400
    {
4401
      b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4402
      check_duplicates (b);
4403
      overlay_events_enabled = 0;
4404
    }
4405
}
4406
 
4407
struct breakpoint *
4408
create_thread_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4409
{
4410
  struct breakpoint *b;
4411
 
4412
  b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_thread_event);
4413
 
4414
  b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4415
  /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me.  */
4416
  b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
4417
 
4418
  return b;
4419
}
4420
 
4421
void
4422
remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
4423
{
4424
  struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4425
 
4426
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4427
    if (b->type == bp_thread_event)
4428
      delete_breakpoint (b);
4429
}
4430
 
4431
struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
4432
  {
4433
    char **arg_p;
4434
    struct symtabs_and_lines *sals_p;
4435
    char ***addr_string_p;
4436
    int *not_found_ptr;
4437
  };
4438
 
4439
struct lang_and_radix
4440
  {
4441
    enum language lang;
4442
    int radix;
4443
  };
4444
 
4445
 
4446
void
4447
remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
4448
{
4449
  struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4450
 
4451
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4452
    if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
4453
      delete_breakpoint (b);
4454
}
4455
 
4456
struct breakpoint *
4457
create_solib_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4458
{
4459
  struct breakpoint *b;
4460
 
4461
  b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_shlib_event);
4462
  return b;
4463
}
4464
 
4465
/* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries.  Only
4466
   apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled.  */
4467
 
4468
void
4469
disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
4470
{
4471
  struct bp_location *loc;
4472
  int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
4473
 
4474
  ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4475
  {
4476
    struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4477
    /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
4478
       for those with loc->duplicate set.  This is so that when breakpoint
4479
       becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
4480
       all breakpoints.  If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
4481
       to insert those breakpoints and fail.  */
4482
    if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint) || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
4483
        && !loc->shlib_disabled
4484
#ifdef PC_SOLIB
4485
        && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
4486
#else
4487
        && solib_address (loc->address)
4488
#endif
4489
        )
4490
      {
4491
        loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4492
      }
4493
  }
4494
}
4495
 
4496
/* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library.  Only
4497
   apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled.  */
4498
 
4499
static void
4500
disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
4501
{
4502
  struct bp_location *loc;
4503
  int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
4504
 
4505
  ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4506
  {
4507
    struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4508
    if ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4509
         || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4510
        && !loc->shlib_disabled)
4511
      {
4512
#ifdef PC_SOLIB
4513
        char *so_name = PC_SOLIB (loc->address);
4514
#else
4515
        char *so_name = solib_address (loc->address);
4516
#endif
4517
        if (so_name && !strcmp (so_name, solib->so_name))
4518
          {
4519
            loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4520
            /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
4521
               succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
4522
               to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints.  */
4523
            loc->inserted = 0;
4524
            if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
4525
              {
4526
                target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4527
                warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
4528
                          so_name);
4529
              }
4530
            disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
4531
          }
4532
      }
4533
  }
4534
}
4535
 
4536
static void
4537
create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
4538
                                    enum bptype bp_kind)
4539
{
4540
  struct symtab_and_line sal;
4541
  struct breakpoint *b;
4542
  int thread = -1;              /* All threads. */
4543
 
4544
  init_sal (&sal);
4545
  sal.pc = 0;
4546
  sal.symtab = NULL;
4547
  sal.line = 0;
4548
 
4549
  b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_kind);
4550
  set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4551
  b->number = breakpoint_count;
4552
  b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
4553
    NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
4554
  b->thread = thread;
4555
  b->addr_string = NULL;
4556
  b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4557
  b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4558
  b->forked_inferior_pid = 0;
4559
 
4560
  mention (b);
4561
}
4562
 
4563
static void
4564
create_fork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4565
{
4566
  create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, bp_catch_fork);
4567
}
4568
 
4569
static void
4570
create_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4571
{
4572
  create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, bp_catch_vfork);
4573
}
4574
 
4575
static void
4576
create_exec_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4577
{
4578
  struct symtab_and_line sal;
4579
  struct breakpoint *b;
4580
  int thread = -1;              /* All threads. */
4581
 
4582
  init_sal (&sal);
4583
  sal.pc = 0;
4584
  sal.symtab = NULL;
4585
  sal.line = 0;
4586
 
4587
  b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_catch_exec);
4588
  set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4589
  b->number = breakpoint_count;
4590
  b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
4591
    NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
4592
  b->thread = thread;
4593
  b->addr_string = NULL;
4594
  b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4595
  b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4596
 
4597
  mention (b);
4598
}
4599
 
4600
static int
4601
hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
4602
{
4603
  struct breakpoint *b;
4604
  int i = 0;
4605
 
4606
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4607
  {
4608
    if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && b->enable_state == bp_enabled)
4609
      i++;
4610
  }
4611
 
4612
  return i;
4613
}
4614
 
4615
static int
4616
hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
4617
{
4618
  struct breakpoint *b;
4619
  int i = 0;
4620
 
4621
  *other_type_used = 0;
4622
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4623
  {
4624
    if (breakpoint_enabled (b))
4625
      {
4626
        if (b->type == type)
4627
          i++;
4628
        else if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
4629
                  b->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
4630
                  b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4631
          *other_type_used = 1;
4632
      }
4633
  }
4634
  return i;
4635
}
4636
 
4637
/* Call this after hitting the longjmp() breakpoint.  Use this to set
4638
   a new breakpoint at the target of the jmp_buf.
4639
 
4640
   FIXME - This ought to be done by setting a temporary breakpoint
4641
   that gets deleted automatically... */
4642
 
4643
void
4644
set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR pc, struct frame_id frame_id)
4645
{
4646
  struct breakpoint *b;
4647
 
4648
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4649
    if (b->type == bp_longjmp_resume)
4650
    {
4651
      b->loc->requested_address = pc;
4652
      b->loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (b->loc->requested_address,
4653
                                                   b->type);
4654
      b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4655
      b->frame_id = frame_id;
4656
      check_duplicates (b);
4657
      return;
4658
    }
4659
}
4660
 
4661
void
4662
disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
4663
{
4664
  struct breakpoint *b;
4665
 
4666
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4667
  {
4668
    if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4669
         || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4670
         || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4671
         || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4672
        && breakpoint_enabled (b))
4673
      {
4674
        b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
4675
        check_duplicates (b);
4676
      }
4677
  }
4678
}
4679
 
4680
void
4681
enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
4682
{
4683
  struct breakpoint *b;
4684
 
4685
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4686
  {
4687
    if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4688
         || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4689
         || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4690
         || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4691
        && (b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled))
4692
      {
4693
        b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4694
        check_duplicates (b);
4695
      }
4696
  }
4697
}
4698
 
4699
 
4700
/* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
4701
   at address specified by SAL.
4702
   Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero.  */
4703
 
4704
struct breakpoint *
4705
set_momentary_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, struct frame_id frame_id,
4706
                          enum bptype type)
4707
{
4708
  struct breakpoint *b;
4709
  b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
4710
  b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4711
  b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
4712
  b->frame_id = frame_id;
4713
 
4714
  /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
4715
     want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
4716
     single thread of control.  */
4717
  if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
4718
    b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
4719
 
4720
  return b;
4721
}
4722
 
4723
 
4724
/* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B.  */
4725
 
4726
static void
4727
mention (struct breakpoint *b)
4728
{
4729
  int say_where = 0;
4730
  struct cleanup *old_chain, *ui_out_chain;
4731
  struct ui_stream *stb;
4732
 
4733
  stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4734
  old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4735
 
4736
  /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
4737
     hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation.  It should
4738
     be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
4739
     random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook, as has already
4740
     been done for deprecated_delete_breakpoint_hook and so on.  */
4741
  if (deprecated_create_breakpoint_hook)
4742
    deprecated_create_breakpoint_hook (b);
4743
  breakpoint_create_event (b->number);
4744
 
4745
  if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_mention != NULL)
4746
    b->ops->print_mention (b);
4747
  else
4748
    switch (b->type)
4749
      {
4750
      case bp_none:
4751
        printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b->number);
4752
        break;
4753
      case bp_watchpoint:
4754
        ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
4755
        ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
4756
        ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4757
        ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4758
        print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4759
        ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4760
        do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4761
        break;
4762
      case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4763
        ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
4764
        ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
4765
        ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4766
        ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4767
        print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4768
        ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4769
        do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4770
        break;
4771
      case bp_read_watchpoint:
4772
        ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
4773
        ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
4774
        ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4775
        ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4776
        print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4777
        ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4778
        do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4779
        break;
4780
      case bp_access_watchpoint:
4781
        ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
4782
        ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
4783
        ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4784
        ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4785
        print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4786
        ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4787
        do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4788
        break;
4789
      case bp_breakpoint:
4790
        if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4791
          {
4792
            say_where = 0;
4793
            break;
4794
          }
4795
        printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d"), b->number);
4796
        say_where = 1;
4797
        break;
4798
      case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4799
        if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4800
          {
4801
            say_where = 0;
4802
            break;
4803
          }
4804
        printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
4805
        say_where = 1;
4806
        break;
4807
      case bp_catch_load:
4808
      case bp_catch_unload:
4809
        printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s %s)"),
4810
                         b->number,
4811
                         (b->type == bp_catch_load) ? "load" : "unload",
4812
                         (b->dll_pathname != NULL) ?
4813
                         b->dll_pathname : "<any library>");
4814
        break;
4815
      case bp_catch_fork:
4816
      case bp_catch_vfork:
4817
        printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"),
4818
                         b->number,
4819
                         (b->type == bp_catch_fork) ? "fork" : "vfork");
4820
        break;
4821
      case bp_catch_exec:
4822
        printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"),
4823
                         b->number);
4824
        break;
4825
 
4826
      case bp_until:
4827
      case bp_finish:
4828
      case bp_longjmp:
4829
      case bp_longjmp_resume:
4830
      case bp_step_resume:
4831
      case bp_call_dummy:
4832
      case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4833
      case bp_shlib_event:
4834
      case bp_thread_event:
4835
      case bp_overlay_event:
4836
        break;
4837
      }
4838
 
4839
  if (say_where)
4840
    {
4841
      /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
4842
         single string.  */
4843
      if (b->loc == NULL)
4844
        {
4845
          printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
4846
        }
4847
      else
4848
        {
4849
          if (addressprint || b->source_file == NULL)
4850
            {
4851
              printf_filtered (" at ");
4852
              fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->address), gdb_stdout);
4853
            }
4854
          if (b->source_file)
4855
            printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
4856
                             b->source_file, b->line_number);
4857
 
4858
          if (b->loc->next)
4859
            {
4860
              struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
4861
              int n = 0;
4862
              for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
4863
                ++n;
4864
              printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
4865
            }
4866
 
4867
        }
4868
    }
4869
  do_cleanups (old_chain);
4870
  if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4871
    return;
4872
  printf_filtered ("\n");
4873
}
4874
 
4875
 
4876
static struct bp_location *
4877
add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum bptype bptype,
4878
                            const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
4879
{
4880
  struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
4881
 
4882
  loc = allocate_bp_location (b, bptype);
4883
  for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
4884
    ;
4885
  *tmp = loc;
4886
  loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
4887
  loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->requested_address,
4888
                                            bptype);
4889
  loc->section = sal->section;
4890
 
4891
  set_breakpoint_location_function (loc);
4892
  return loc;
4893
}
4894
 
4895
/* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location.  Use ADDR_STRING
4896
   as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
4897
   as condition expression.  */
4898
 
4899
static void
4900
create_breakpoint (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
4901
                   char *cond_string,
4902
                   enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
4903
                   int thread, int ignore_count, int from_tty)
4904
{
4905
  struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
4906
  int i;
4907
 
4908
  if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
4909
    {
4910
      int i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
4911
      int target_resources_ok =
4912
        TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
4913
                                            i + 1, 0);
4914
      if (target_resources_ok == 0)
4915
        error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
4916
      else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
4917
        error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
4918
    }
4919
 
4920
  for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
4921
    {
4922
      struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
4923
      struct bp_location *loc;
4924
 
4925
      if (from_tty)
4926
        describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
4927
 
4928
      if (i == 0)
4929
        {
4930
          b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
4931
          set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4932
          b->number = breakpoint_count;
4933
          b->thread = thread;
4934
 
4935
          b->cond_string = cond_string;
4936
          b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
4937
          b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4938
          b->disposition = disposition;
4939
 
4940
          loc = b->loc;
4941
        }
4942
      else
4943
        {
4944
          loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, type, &sal);
4945
        }
4946
 
4947
      if (b->cond_string)
4948
        {
4949
          char *arg = b->cond_string;
4950
          loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
4951
          if (*arg)
4952
              error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
4953
        }
4954
    }
4955
 
4956
  if (addr_string)
4957
    b->addr_string = addr_string;
4958
  else
4959
    /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
4960
       me.  */
4961
    b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
4962
 
4963
  mention (b);
4964
}
4965
 
4966
/* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
4967
   elements to fill the void space.  */
4968
static void remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines *sal, int index_to_remove)
4969
{
4970
  int i = index_to_remove+1;
4971
  int last_index = sal->nelts-1;
4972
 
4973
  for (;i <= last_index; ++i)
4974
    sal->sals[i-1] = sal->sals[i];
4975
 
4976
  --(sal->nelts);
4977
}
4978
 
4979
/* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond
4980
   to the same file and line as SAL.  This is done
4981
   only if SAL does not have explicit PC and has
4982
   line and file information.  If we got just a single
4983
   expanded sal, return the original.
4984
 
4985
   Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out
4986
   all sals for which the name of enclosing function
4987
   is different from SAL. This makes sure that if we have
4988
   breakpoint originally set in template instantiation, say
4989
   foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at the same
4990
   line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'.
4991
 
4992
*/
4993
struct symtabs_and_lines
4994
expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal)
4995
{
4996
  struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
4997
  CORE_ADDR original_pc = sal.pc;
4998
  char *original_function = NULL;
4999
  int found;
5000
  int i;
5001
 
5002
  /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
5003
     If we have no line number, we can't expand.  */
5004
  if (sal.explicit_pc || sal.line == 0 || sal.symtab == NULL)
5005
    {
5006
      expanded.nelts = 1;
5007
      expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5008
      expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5009
      return expanded;
5010
    }
5011
 
5012
  sal.pc = 0;
5013
  find_pc_partial_function (original_pc, &original_function, NULL, NULL);
5014
 
5015
  expanded = expand_line_sal (sal);
5016
  if (expanded.nelts == 1)
5017
    {
5018
      /* We had one sal, we got one sal.  Without futher
5019
         processing, just return the original sal.  */
5020
      xfree (expanded.sals);
5021
      expanded.nelts = 1;
5022
      expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5023
      sal.pc = original_pc;
5024
      expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5025
      return expanded;
5026
    }
5027
 
5028
  if (!sal.explicit_line)
5029
    {
5030
      CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end;
5031
      for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
5032
        {
5033
          CORE_ADDR pc = expanded.sals[i].pc;
5034
          char *this_function;
5035
          if (find_pc_partial_function (pc, &this_function,
5036
                                        &func_addr, &func_end))
5037
            {
5038
              if (this_function &&
5039
                  strcmp (this_function, original_function) != 0)
5040
                {
5041
                  remove_sal (&expanded, i);
5042
                  --i;
5043
                }
5044
              else if (func_addr == pc)
5045
                {
5046
                  /* We're at beginning of a function, and should
5047
                     skip prologue.  */
5048
                  struct symbol *sym = find_pc_function (pc);
5049
                  if (sym)
5050
                    expanded.sals[i] = find_function_start_sal (sym, 1);
5051
                  else
5052
                    expanded.sals[i].pc
5053
                      = gdbarch_skip_prologue (current_gdbarch, pc);
5054
                }
5055
            }
5056
        }
5057
    }
5058
 
5059
 
5060
  if (expanded.nelts <= 1)
5061
    {
5062
      /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
5063
       expanded sals then something is really wrong.
5064
      Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
5065
      xfree (expanded.sals);
5066
      expanded.nelts = 1;
5067
      expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5068
      sal.pc = original_pc;
5069
      expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5070
      return expanded;
5071
    }
5072
 
5073
  if (original_pc)
5074
    {
5075
      found = 0;
5076
      for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
5077
        if (expanded.sals[i].pc == original_pc)
5078
          {
5079
            found = 1;
5080
            break;
5081
          }
5082
      gdb_assert (found);
5083
    }
5084
 
5085
  return expanded;
5086
}
5087
 
5088
/* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table.  For each
5089
   SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
5090
   value.  COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
5091
   used for all breakpoints.  Essentially the only case where
5092
   SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
5093
   function.  In that case, it's still not possible to specify
5094
   separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
5095
   we take just a single condition string.
5096
 
5097
   NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
5098
   the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
5099
   array contents).  If the function fails (error() is called), the
5100
   caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
5101
   COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
5102
 
5103
static void
5104
create_breakpoints (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char **addr_string,
5105
                    char *cond_string,
5106
                    enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5107
                    int thread, int ignore_count, int from_tty)
5108
{
5109
  int i;
5110
  for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
5111
    {
5112
      struct symtabs_and_lines expanded =
5113
        expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[i]);
5114
 
5115
      create_breakpoint (expanded, addr_string[i],
5116
                         cond_string, type, disposition,
5117
                         thread, ignore_count, from_tty);
5118
    }
5119
}
5120
 
5121
/* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
5122
   followed by conditionals.  On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
5123
   addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
5124
   address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
5125
 
5126
static void
5127
parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
5128
                       struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5129
                       char ***addr_string,
5130
                       int *not_found_ptr)
5131
{
5132
  char *addr_start = *address;
5133
  *addr_string = NULL;
5134
  /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
5135
     breakpoint. */
5136
  if ((*address) == NULL
5137
      || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
5138
    {
5139
      if (default_breakpoint_valid)
5140
        {
5141
          struct symtab_and_line sal;
5142
          init_sal (&sal);              /* initialize to zeroes */
5143
          sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
5144
            xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5145
          sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
5146
          sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
5147
          sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
5148
          sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
5149
          sals->sals[0] = sal;
5150
          sals->nelts = 1;
5151
        }
5152
      else
5153
        error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
5154
    }
5155
  else
5156
    {
5157
      /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
5158
         current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).  This
5159
         should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
5160
         leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
5161
         ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
5162
         may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
5163
 
5164
      struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
5165
 
5166
      if (default_breakpoint_valid
5167
          && (!cursal.symtab
5168
              || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
5169
                  && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
5170
        *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
5171
                               default_breakpoint_line, addr_string,
5172
                               not_found_ptr);
5173
      else
5174
        *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
5175
                               addr_string, not_found_ptr);
5176
    }
5177
  /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
5178
  if (sals->nelts > 0 && *addr_string == NULL)
5179
    *addr_string = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char **));
5180
  if (addr_start != (*address))
5181
    {
5182
      int i;
5183
      for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5184
        {
5185
          /* Add the string if not present. */
5186
          if ((*addr_string)[i] == NULL)
5187
            (*addr_string)[i] = savestring (addr_start, (*address) - addr_start);
5188
        }
5189
    }
5190
}
5191
 
5192
 
5193
/* Convert each SAL into a real PC.  Verify that the PC can be
5194
   inserted as a breakpoint.  If it can't throw an error. */
5195
 
5196
static void
5197
breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5198
                       char *address)
5199
{
5200
  int i;
5201
  for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5202
    resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
5203
}
5204
 
5205
static void
5206
do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out *ui, void *data)
5207
{
5208
  struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args *args = data;
5209
 
5210
  parse_breakpoint_sals (args->arg_p, args->sals_p, args->addr_string_p,
5211
                         args->not_found_ptr);
5212
}
5213
 
5214
/* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
5215
   accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
5216
   string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
5217
   PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
5218
   If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
5219
   If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1.  */
5220
static void
5221
find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
5222
                           char **cond_string, int *thread)
5223
{
5224
  *cond_string = NULL;
5225
  *thread = -1;
5226
  while (tok && *tok)
5227
    {
5228
      char *end_tok;
5229
      int toklen;
5230
      char *cond_start = NULL;
5231
      char *cond_end = NULL;
5232
      while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
5233
        tok++;
5234
 
5235
      end_tok = tok;
5236
 
5237
      while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
5238
        end_tok++;
5239
 
5240
      toklen = end_tok - tok;
5241
 
5242
      if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
5243
        {
5244
          tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
5245
          parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
5246
          cond_end = tok;
5247
          *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
5248
                                     cond_end - cond_start);
5249
        }
5250
      else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
5251
        {
5252
          char *tmptok;
5253
 
5254
          tok = end_tok + 1;
5255
          tmptok = tok;
5256
          *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
5257
          if (tok == tmptok)
5258
            error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
5259
          if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
5260
            error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
5261
        }
5262
      else
5263
        error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
5264
    }
5265
}
5266
 
5267
/* Set a breakpoint.  This function is shared between
5268
   CLI and MI functions for setting a breakpoint.
5269
   This function has two major modes of operations,
5270
   selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD parameter.
5271
   If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
5272
   breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise,
5273
   ARG is just the location of breakpoint, with condition
5274
   and thread specified by the COND_STRING and THREAD
5275
   parameters.  */
5276
 
5277
static void
5278
break_command_really (char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
5279
                      int parse_condition_and_thread,
5280
                      int tempflag, int hardwareflag,
5281
                      int ignore_count,
5282
                      enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
5283
                      int from_tty)
5284
{
5285
  struct gdb_exception e;
5286
  struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
5287
  struct symtab_and_line pending_sal;
5288
  char *copy_arg;
5289
  char *err_msg;
5290
  char *addr_start = arg;
5291
  char **addr_string;
5292
  struct cleanup *old_chain;
5293
  struct cleanup *breakpoint_chain = NULL;
5294
  struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args;
5295
  int i;
5296
  int pending = 0;
5297
  int not_found = 0;
5298
 
5299
  sals.sals = NULL;
5300
  sals.nelts = 0;
5301
  addr_string = NULL;
5302
 
5303
  parse_args.arg_p = &arg;
5304
  parse_args.sals_p = &sals;
5305
  parse_args.addr_string_p = &addr_string;
5306
  parse_args.not_found_ptr = &not_found;
5307
 
5308
  e = catch_exception (uiout, do_captured_parse_breakpoint,
5309
                       &parse_args, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5310
 
5311
  /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value.  */
5312
  switch (e.reason)
5313
    {
5314
    case RETURN_QUIT:
5315
      throw_exception (e);
5316
    case RETURN_ERROR:
5317
      switch (e.error)
5318
        {
5319
        case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
5320
 
5321
          /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
5322
             error.  */
5323
 
5324
          if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
5325
            throw_exception (e);
5326
 
5327
          exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
5328
 
5329
          /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
5330
             selects no, then simply return the error code.  */
5331
          if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO &&
5332
              !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
5333
            return;
5334
 
5335
          /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
5336
             a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
5337
             breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
5338
             is defaulted on behalf of the user.  */
5339
          copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
5340
          addr_string = &copy_arg;
5341
          sals.nelts = 1;
5342
          sals.sals = &pending_sal;
5343
          pending_sal.pc = 0;
5344
          pending = 1;
5345
          break;
5346
        default:
5347
          throw_exception (e);
5348
        }
5349
    default:
5350
      if (!sals.nelts)
5351
        return;
5352
    }
5353
 
5354
  /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
5355
  old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5356
 
5357
  if (!pending)
5358
    {
5359
      /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed.  */
5360
      make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
5361
 
5362
      /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
5363
      make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
5364
    }
5365
 
5366
  /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
5367
     Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
5368
     to be part of a breakpoint.  If the breakpoint create succeeds
5369
     then the memory is not reclaimed. */
5370
  breakpoint_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5371
 
5372
  /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup.  These go on
5373
     the breakpoint_chain and only occure if the breakpoint create
5374
     fails. */
5375
  for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
5376
    {
5377
      if (addr_string[i] != NULL)
5378
        make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string[i]);
5379
    }
5380
 
5381
  /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
5382
     are ok for the target.  */
5383
  if (!pending)
5384
    breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals, addr_start);
5385
 
5386
  /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
5387
     breakpoints.  Allocate a separate condition expression for each
5388
     breakpoint. */
5389
  if (!pending)
5390
    {
5391
        if (parse_condition_and_thread)
5392
        {
5393
            /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
5394
               from thread number, so parsing in context of first
5395
               sal is OK.  When setting the breakpoint we'll
5396
               re-parse it in context of each sal.  */
5397
            cond_string = NULL;
5398
            thread = -1;
5399
            find_condition_and_thread (arg, sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string, &thread);
5400
            if (cond_string)
5401
                make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5402
        }
5403
        else
5404
        {
5405
            /* Create a private copy of condition string.  */
5406
            if (cond_string)
5407
            {
5408
                cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
5409
                make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5410
            }
5411
        }
5412
      create_breakpoints (sals, addr_string, cond_string,
5413
                          hardwareflag ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
5414
                          : bp_breakpoint,
5415
                          tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
5416
                          thread, ignore_count, from_tty);
5417
    }
5418
  else
5419
    {
5420
      struct symtab_and_line sal = {0};
5421
      struct breakpoint *b;
5422
 
5423
      make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
5424
 
5425
      b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (hardwareflag
5426
                                               ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
5427
                                               : bp_breakpoint);
5428
      set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5429
      b->number = breakpoint_count;
5430
      b->thread = -1;
5431
      b->addr_string = addr_string[0];
5432
      b->cond_string = NULL;
5433
      b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5434
      b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
5435
      b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
5436
      mention (b);
5437
    }
5438
 
5439
  if (sals.nelts > 1)
5440
    warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
5441
               "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
5442
  /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
5443
     breakpoint. */
5444
  discard_cleanups (breakpoint_chain);
5445
  /* But cleanup everything else. */
5446
  do_cleanups (old_chain);
5447
}
5448
 
5449
/* Set a breakpoint.
5450
   ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
5451
   condition, and thread.
5452
   FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
5453
   and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
5454
   and BP_TEMPFLAG.  */
5455
 
5456
static void
5457
break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
5458
{
5459
  int hardwareflag = flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG;
5460
  int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
5461
 
5462
  break_command_really (arg,
5463
                        NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
5464
                        tempflag, hardwareflag,
5465
 
5466
                        pending_break_support, from_tty);
5467
}
5468
 
5469
 
5470
void
5471
set_breakpoint (char *address, char *condition,
5472
                int hardwareflag, int tempflag,
5473
                int thread, int ignore_count,
5474
                int pending)
5475
{
5476
  break_command_really (address, condition, thread,
5477
 
5478
                        tempflag, hardwareflag,
5479
                        ignore_count,
5480
                        pending
5481
                        ? AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE : AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE,
5482
                        0);
5483
}
5484
 
5485
 
5486
/* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command.  */
5487
 
5488
void
5489
resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5490
{
5491
  CORE_ADDR pc;
5492
 
5493
  if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5494
    {
5495
      if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
5496
        error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
5497
               sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
5498
      sal->pc = pc;
5499
    }
5500
 
5501
  if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5502
    {
5503
      struct blockvector *bv;
5504
      struct block *b;
5505
      struct symbol *sym;
5506
 
5507
      bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
5508
      if (bv != NULL)
5509
        {
5510
          sym = block_function (b);
5511
          if (sym != NULL)
5512
            {
5513
              fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
5514
              sal->section = SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (sym);
5515
            }
5516
          else
5517
            {
5518
              /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
5519
                 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
5520
                 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
5521
                 source).  */
5522
 
5523
              struct minimal_symbol *msym;
5524
 
5525
              msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
5526
              if (msym)
5527
                sal->section = SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (msym);
5528
            }
5529
        }
5530
    }
5531
}
5532
 
5533
void
5534
break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5535
{
5536
  break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
5537
}
5538
 
5539
void
5540
tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5541
{
5542
  break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
5543
}
5544
 
5545
static void
5546
hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5547
{
5548
  break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
5549
}
5550
 
5551
static void
5552
thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5553
{
5554
  break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
5555
}
5556
 
5557
static void
5558
stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5559
{
5560
  printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
5561
Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
5562
       stop at <line>\n"));
5563
}
5564
 
5565
static void
5566
stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5567
{
5568
  int badInput = 0;
5569
 
5570
  if (arg == (char *) NULL)
5571
    badInput = 1;
5572
  else if (*arg != '*')
5573
    {
5574
      char *argptr = arg;
5575
      int hasColon = 0;
5576
 
5577
      /* look for a ':'.  If this is a line number specification, then
5578
         say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
5579
         function/method name */
5580
      while (*argptr && !hasColon)
5581
        {
5582
          hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
5583
          argptr++;
5584
        }
5585
 
5586
      if (hasColon)
5587
        badInput = (*argptr != ':');    /* Not a class::method */
5588
      else
5589
        badInput = isdigit (*arg);      /* a simple line number */
5590
    }
5591
 
5592
  if (badInput)
5593
    printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
5594
  else
5595
    break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
5596
}
5597
 
5598
static void
5599
stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5600
{
5601
  int badInput = 0;
5602
 
5603
  if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*')      /* no line number */
5604
    badInput = 1;
5605
  else
5606
    {
5607
      char *argptr = arg;
5608
      int hasColon = 0;
5609
 
5610
      /* look for a ':'.  If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
5611
         it is probably a line number. */
5612
      while (*argptr && !hasColon)
5613
        {
5614
          hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
5615
          argptr++;
5616
        }
5617
 
5618
      if (hasColon)
5619
        badInput = (*argptr == ':');    /* we have class::method */
5620
      else
5621
        badInput = !isdigit (*arg);     /* not a line number */
5622
    }
5623
 
5624
  if (badInput)
5625
    printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
5626
  else
5627
    break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
5628
}
5629
 
5630
/* accessflag:  hw_write:  watch write,
5631
                hw_read:   watch read,
5632
                hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
5633
static void
5634
watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
5635
{
5636
  struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
5637
  struct symtab_and_line sal;
5638
  struct expression *exp;
5639
  struct block *exp_valid_block;
5640
  struct value *val, *mark;
5641
  struct frame_info *frame;
5642
  struct frame_info *prev_frame = NULL;
5643
  char *exp_start = NULL;
5644
  char *exp_end = NULL;
5645
  char *tok, *id_tok_start, *end_tok;
5646
  int toklen;
5647
  char *cond_start = NULL;
5648
  char *cond_end = NULL;
5649
  struct expression *cond = NULL;
5650
  int i, other_type_used, target_resources_ok = 0;
5651
  enum bptype bp_type;
5652
  int mem_cnt = 0;
5653
  int thread = -1;
5654
 
5655
  init_sal (&sal);              /* initialize to zeroes */
5656
 
5657
  /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse.  */
5658
  if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
5659
    {
5660
      toklen = strlen (arg); /* Size of argument list.  */
5661
 
5662
      /* Points tok to the end of the argument list.  */
5663
      tok = arg + toklen - 1;
5664
 
5665
      /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter.
5666
         If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should
5667
         be the thread identifier.  */
5668
      while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
5669
        tok--;
5670
      while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
5671
        tok--;
5672
 
5673
      /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token.  */
5674
      id_tok_start = tok + 1;
5675
 
5676
      /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter.
5677
         If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should
5678
         reach a "thread" token.  */
5679
      while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
5680
        tok--;
5681
 
5682
      end_tok = tok;
5683
 
5684
      while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
5685
        tok--;
5686
 
5687
      /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
5688
         calculate the length of the token.  */
5689
      tok++;
5690
      toklen = end_tok - tok;
5691
 
5692
      if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
5693
        {
5694
          /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
5695
             the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
5696
             only in a specific thread.  */
5697
          char *endp;
5698
 
5699
          /* Extract the thread ID from the next token.  */
5700
          thread = strtol (id_tok_start, &endp, 0);
5701
 
5702
          /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
5703
             thread ID.  */
5704
          if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
5705
            error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start);
5706
 
5707
          /* Check if the thread actually exists.  */
5708
          if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
5709
            error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
5710
 
5711
          /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
5712
             parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
5713
             evaluate_expression() function.  */
5714
          *tok = '\0';
5715
        }
5716
    }
5717
 
5718
  /* Parse the rest of the arguments.  */
5719
  innermost_block = NULL;
5720
  exp_start = arg;
5721
  exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
5722
  exp_end = arg;
5723
  exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
5724
  mark = value_mark ();
5725
  val = evaluate_expression (exp);
5726
  release_value (val);
5727
  if (value_lazy (val))
5728
    value_fetch_lazy (val);
5729
 
5730
  tok = arg;
5731
  while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
5732
    tok++;
5733
  end_tok = tok;
5734
 
5735
  while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
5736
    end_tok++;
5737
 
5738
  toklen = end_tok - tok;
5739
  if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
5740
    {
5741
      tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
5742
      cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
5743
      cond_end = tok;
5744
    }
5745
  if (*tok)
5746
    error (_("Junk at end of command."));
5747
 
5748
  if (accessflag == hw_read)
5749
    bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
5750
  else if (accessflag == hw_access)
5751
    bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
5752
  else
5753
    bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
5754
 
5755
  mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val);
5756
  if (mem_cnt == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5757
    error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
5758
  if (mem_cnt != 0)
5759
    {
5760
      i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type, &other_type_used);
5761
      target_resources_ok =
5762
        TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_type, i + mem_cnt,
5763
                                            other_type_used);
5764
      if (target_resources_ok == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5765
        error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
5766
 
5767
      if (target_resources_ok < 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5768
        error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
5769
    }
5770
 
5771
  /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
5772
     watchpoint could not be set.  */
5773
  if (!mem_cnt || target_resources_ok <= 0)
5774
    bp_type = bp_watchpoint;
5775
 
5776
  frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
5777
  if (frame)
5778
    prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
5779
  else
5780
    prev_frame = NULL;
5781
 
5782
  /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
5783
     breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
5784
     expression.  Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
5785
     that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status.  */
5786
  if (innermost_block && prev_frame)
5787
    {
5788
      scope_breakpoint = create_internal_breakpoint (get_frame_pc (prev_frame),
5789
                                                     bp_watchpoint_scope);
5790
 
5791
      scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5792
 
5793
      /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits.  */
5794
      scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
5795
 
5796
      /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion).  */
5797
      scope_breakpoint->frame_id = get_frame_id (prev_frame);
5798
 
5799
      /* Set the address at which we will stop.  */
5800
      scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
5801
        = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
5802
      scope_breakpoint->loc->address
5803
        = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
5804
                                     scope_breakpoint->type);
5805
    }
5806
 
5807
  /* Now set up the breakpoint.  */
5808
  b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_type);
5809
  set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5810
  b->number = breakpoint_count;
5811
  b->thread = thread;
5812
  b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
5813
  b->exp = exp;
5814
  b->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
5815
  b->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
5816
  b->val = val;
5817
  b->loc->cond = cond;
5818
  if (cond_start)
5819
    b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
5820
  else
5821
    b->cond_string = 0;
5822
 
5823
  if (frame)
5824
    b->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
5825
  else
5826
    b->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
5827
 
5828
  if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
5829
    {
5830
      /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint.  We will
5831
         need to act on them together.  */
5832
      b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
5833
      scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
5834
    }
5835
 
5836
  value_free_to_mark (mark);
5837
  mention (b);
5838
}
5839
 
5840
/* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
5841
   in hardware.  If the watchpoint can not be handled
5842
   in hardware return zero.  */
5843
 
5844
static int
5845
can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
5846
{
5847
  int found_memory_cnt = 0;
5848
  struct value *head = v;
5849
 
5850
  /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
5851
  if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
5852
    return 0;
5853
 
5854
  /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
5855
     memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB.  If we
5856
     find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
5857
     hardware watchpoint.
5858
 
5859
     The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
5860
     of values, one holding the value of every subexpression.  (The
5861
     expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
5862
     a*b+c.)  GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
5863
     the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
5864
     register lvalues, computed values, etcetera.  So we can evaluate
5865
     the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
5866
     behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
5867
     expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
5868
 
5869
     However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
5870
     function calls are special in any way.  So this function may not
5871
     notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
5872
     can't be watched with hardware watchpoints.  FIXME.  */
5873
  for (; v; v = value_next (v))
5874
    {
5875
      if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
5876
        {
5877
          if (value_lazy (v))
5878
            /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
5879
               we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
5880
               we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b').  */
5881
            ;
5882
          else
5883
            {
5884
              /* Ahh, memory we actually used!  Check if we can cover
5885
                 it with hardware watchpoints.  */
5886
              struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
5887
 
5888
              /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
5889
                 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
5890
                 middle of some value chain.  */
5891
              if (v == head
5892
                  || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
5893
                      && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
5894
                {
5895
                  CORE_ADDR vaddr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
5896
                  int       len   = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
5897
 
5898
                  if (!TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (vaddr, len))
5899
                    return 0;
5900
                  else
5901
                    found_memory_cnt++;
5902
                }
5903
            }
5904
        }
5905
      else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
5906
               && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
5907
        return 0;        /* ??? What does this represent? */
5908
      else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
5909
        return 0;        /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
5910
    }
5911
 
5912
  /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
5913
     watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it.  */
5914
  return found_memory_cnt;
5915
}
5916
 
5917
void
5918
watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
5919
{
5920
  watch_command (arg, from_tty);
5921
}
5922
 
5923
static void
5924
watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5925
{
5926
  watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
5927
}
5928
 
5929
void
5930
rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
5931
{
5932
  rwatch_command (arg, from_tty);
5933
}
5934
 
5935
static void
5936
rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5937
{
5938
  watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
5939
}
5940
 
5941
void
5942
awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
5943
{
5944
  awatch_command (arg, from_tty);
5945
}
5946
 
5947
static void
5948
awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5949
{
5950
  watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
5951
}
5952
 
5953
 
5954
/* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c.  Here
5955
   because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints.  */
5956
 
5957
/* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
5958
   cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
5959
   care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
5960
   command. */
5961
static void
5962
until_break_command_continuation (struct continuation_arg *arg)
5963
{
5964
  struct cleanup *cleanups;
5965
 
5966
  cleanups = (struct cleanup *) arg->data.pointer;
5967
  do_exec_cleanups (cleanups);
5968
}
5969
 
5970
void
5971
until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
5972
{
5973
  struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
5974
  struct symtab_and_line sal;
5975
  struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
5976
  struct frame_info *prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
5977
  struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
5978
  struct cleanup *old_chain;
5979
  struct continuation_arg *arg1;
5980
 
5981
 
5982
  clear_proceed_status ();
5983
 
5984
  /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
5985
     this function */
5986
 
5987
  if (default_breakpoint_valid)
5988
    sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
5989
                          default_breakpoint_line, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
5990
  else
5991
    sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL,
5992
                          0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
5993
 
5994
  if (sals.nelts != 1)
5995
    error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
5996
 
5997
  sal = sals.sals[0];
5998
  xfree (sals.sals);    /* malloc'd, so freed */
5999
 
6000
  if (*arg)
6001
    error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6002
 
6003
  resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
6004
 
6005
  if (anywhere)
6006
    /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
6007
       we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop.  */
6008
    breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, null_frame_id, bp_until);
6009
  else
6010
    /* Otherwise, specify the current frame, because we want to stop only
6011
       at the very same frame.  */
6012
    breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (frame),
6013
                                           bp_until);
6014
 
6015
  if (!target_can_async_p ())
6016
    old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6017
  else
6018
    old_chain = make_exec_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6019
 
6020
  /* If we are running asynchronously, and the target supports async
6021
     execution, we are not waiting for the target to stop, in the call
6022
     tp proceed, below. This means that we cannot delete the
6023
     brekpoints until the target has actually stopped. The only place
6024
     where we get a chance to do that is in fetch_inferior_event, so
6025
     we must set things up for that. */
6026
 
6027
  if (target_can_async_p ())
6028
    {
6029
      /* In this case the arg for the continuation is just the point
6030
         in the exec_cleanups chain from where to start doing
6031
         cleanups, because all the continuation does is the cleanups in
6032
         the exec_cleanup_chain. */
6033
      arg1 =
6034
        (struct continuation_arg *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct continuation_arg));
6035
      arg1->next         = NULL;
6036
      arg1->data.pointer = old_chain;
6037
 
6038
      add_continuation (until_break_command_continuation, arg1);
6039
    }
6040
 
6041
  /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
6042
     one.  */
6043
  if (prev_frame)
6044
    {
6045
      sal = find_pc_line (get_frame_pc (prev_frame), 0);
6046
      sal.pc = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
6047
      breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (prev_frame),
6048
                                             bp_until);
6049
      if (!target_can_async_p ())
6050
        make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6051
      else
6052
        make_exec_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6053
    }
6054
 
6055
  proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
6056
  /* Do the cleanups now, anly if we are not running asynchronously,
6057
     of if we are, but the target is still synchronous. */
6058
  if (!target_can_async_p ())
6059
    do_cleanups (old_chain);
6060
}
6061
 
6062
static void
6063
ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s)
6064
{
6065
  if ((s == NULL) || (*s == NULL))
6066
    return;
6067
  while (isspace (**s))
6068
    *s += 1;
6069
}
6070
 
6071
/* This function examines a string, and attempts to find a token
6072
   that might be an event name in the leading characters.  If a
6073
   possible match is found, a pointer to the last character of
6074
   the token is returned.  Else, NULL is returned. */
6075
 
6076
static char *
6077
ep_find_event_name_end (char *arg)
6078
{
6079
  char *s = arg;
6080
  char *event_name_end = NULL;
6081
 
6082
  /* If we could depend upon the presense of strrpbrk, we'd use that... */
6083
  if (arg == NULL)
6084
    return NULL;
6085
 
6086
  /* We break out of the loop when we find a token delimiter.
6087
     Basically, we're looking for alphanumerics and underscores;
6088
     anything else delimites the token. */
6089
  while (*s != '\0')
6090
    {
6091
      if (!isalnum (*s) && (*s != '_'))
6092
        break;
6093
      event_name_end = s;
6094
      s++;
6095
    }
6096
 
6097
  return event_name_end;
6098
}
6099
 
6100
 
6101
/* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
6102
   from the arg string.  If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6103
 
6104
   Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string.  (It does not
6105
   attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.)  And,
6106
   it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
6107
   if clause in the arg string. */
6108
 
6109
static char *
6110
ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
6111
{
6112
  char *cond_string;
6113
 
6114
  if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
6115
    return NULL;
6116
 
6117
  /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
6118
  (*arg) += 2;
6119
 
6120
  /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
6121
     condition string. */
6122
  ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg);
6123
  cond_string = *arg;
6124
 
6125
  /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
6126
  (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
6127
 
6128
  return cond_string;
6129
}
6130
 
6131
/* This function attempts to parse an optional filename from the arg
6132
   string.  If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6133
 
6134
   Else, it returns a pointer to the parsed filename.  (This function
6135
   makes no attempt to verify that a file of that name exists, or is
6136
   accessible.)  And, it updates arg to point to the first character
6137
   following the parsed filename in the arg string.
6138
 
6139
   Note that clients needing to preserve the returned filename for
6140
   future access should copy it to their own buffers. */
6141
static char *
6142
ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg)
6143
{
6144
  static char filename[1024];
6145
  char *arg_p = *arg;
6146
  int i;
6147
  char c;
6148
 
6149
  if ((*arg_p == '\0') || isspace (*arg_p))
6150
    return NULL;
6151
 
6152
  for (i = 0;; i++)
6153
    {
6154
      c = *arg_p;
6155
      if (isspace (c))
6156
        c = '\0';
6157
      filename[i] = c;
6158
      if (c == '\0')
6159
        break;
6160
      arg_p++;
6161
    }
6162
  *arg = arg_p;
6163
 
6164
  return filename;
6165
}
6166
 
6167
/* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
6168
   process start/exit, etc.  */
6169
 
6170
typedef enum
6171
{
6172
  catch_fork, catch_vfork
6173
}
6174
catch_fork_kind;
6175
 
6176
static void
6177
catch_fork_command_1 (catch_fork_kind fork_kind, char *arg, int tempflag,
6178
                      int from_tty)
6179
{
6180
  char *cond_string = NULL;
6181
 
6182
  ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6183
 
6184
  /* The allowed syntax is:
6185
     catch [v]fork
6186
     catch [v]fork if <cond>
6187
 
6188
     First, check if there's an if clause. */
6189
  cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6190
 
6191
  if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6192
    error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6193
 
6194
  /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
6195
     and enable reporting of such events. */
6196
  switch (fork_kind)
6197
    {
6198
    case catch_fork:
6199
      create_fork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6200
      break;
6201
    case catch_vfork:
6202
      create_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6203
      break;
6204
    default:
6205
      error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
6206
      break;
6207
    }
6208
}
6209
 
6210
static void
6211
catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6212
{
6213
  char *cond_string = NULL;
6214
 
6215
  ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6216
 
6217
  /* The allowed syntax is:
6218
     catch exec
6219
     catch exec if <cond>
6220
 
6221
     First, check if there's an if clause. */
6222
  cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6223
 
6224
  if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6225
    error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6226
 
6227
  /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
6228
     and enable reporting of such events. */
6229
  create_exec_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6230
}
6231
 
6232
static void
6233
catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6234
{
6235
  char *dll_pathname = NULL;
6236
  char *cond_string = NULL;
6237
 
6238
  ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6239
 
6240
  /* The allowed syntax is:
6241
     catch load
6242
     catch load if <cond>
6243
     catch load <filename>
6244
     catch load <filename> if <cond>
6245
 
6246
     The user is not allowed to specify the <filename> after an
6247
     if clause.
6248
 
6249
     We'll ignore the pathological case of a file named "if".
6250
 
6251
     First, check if there's an if clause.  If so, then there
6252
     cannot be a filename. */
6253
  cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6254
 
6255
  /* If there was an if clause, then there cannot be a filename.
6256
     Else, there might be a filename and an if clause. */
6257
  if (cond_string == NULL)
6258
    {
6259
      dll_pathname = ep_parse_optional_filename (&arg);
6260
      ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6261
      cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6262
    }
6263
 
6264
  if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6265
    error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6266
 
6267
  /* Create a load breakpoint that only triggers when a load of
6268
     the specified dll (or any dll, if no pathname was specified)
6269
     occurs. */
6270
  SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), tempflag,
6271
                                dll_pathname, cond_string);
6272
}
6273
 
6274
static void
6275
catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6276
{
6277
  char *dll_pathname = NULL;
6278
  char *cond_string = NULL;
6279
 
6280
  ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6281
 
6282
  /* The allowed syntax is:
6283
     catch unload
6284
     catch unload if <cond>
6285
     catch unload <filename>
6286
     catch unload <filename> if <cond>
6287
 
6288
     The user is not allowed to specify the <filename> after an
6289
     if clause.
6290
 
6291
     We'll ignore the pathological case of a file named "if".
6292
 
6293
     First, check if there's an if clause.  If so, then there
6294
     cannot be a filename. */
6295
  cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6296
 
6297
  /* If there was an if clause, then there cannot be a filename.
6298
     Else, there might be a filename and an if clause. */
6299
  if (cond_string == NULL)
6300
    {
6301
      dll_pathname = ep_parse_optional_filename (&arg);
6302
      ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6303
      cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6304
    }
6305
 
6306
  if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6307
    error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6308
 
6309
  /* Create an unload breakpoint that only triggers when an unload of
6310
     the specified dll (or any dll, if no pathname was specified)
6311
     occurs. */
6312
  SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), tempflag,
6313
                                  dll_pathname, cond_string);
6314
}
6315
 
6316
static enum print_stop_action
6317
print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6318
{
6319
  annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6320
 
6321
  if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
6322
    printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exception thrown)\n"),
6323
                     b->number);
6324
  else
6325
    printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exception caught)\n"),
6326
                     b->number);
6327
 
6328
  return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6329
}
6330
 
6331
static void
6332
print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
6333
{
6334
  if (addressprint)
6335
    {
6336
      annotate_field (4);
6337
      ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", b->loc->address);
6338
    }
6339
  annotate_field (5);
6340
  *last_addr = b->loc->address;
6341
  if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
6342
    ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
6343
  else
6344
    ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
6345
}
6346
 
6347
static void
6348
print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6349
{
6350
  if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
6351
    printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (throw)"), b->number);
6352
  else
6353
    printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (catch)"), b->number);
6354
}
6355
 
6356
static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops = {
6357
  print_exception_catchpoint,
6358
  print_one_exception_catchpoint,
6359
  print_mention_exception_catchpoint
6360
};
6361
 
6362
static int
6363
handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6364
                          enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
6365
{
6366
  char *trigger_func_name, *nameptr;
6367
  struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6368
  struct breakpoint *b;
6369
 
6370
  if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
6371
    trigger_func_name = xstrdup ("__cxa_begin_catch");
6372
  else
6373
    trigger_func_name = xstrdup ("__cxa_throw");
6374
 
6375
  nameptr = trigger_func_name;
6376
  sals = decode_line_1 (&nameptr, 1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
6377
  if (sals.nelts == 0)
6378
    {
6379
      xfree (trigger_func_name);
6380
      return 0;
6381
    }
6382
 
6383
  b = set_raw_breakpoint (sals.sals[0], bp_breakpoint);
6384
  set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6385
  b->number = breakpoint_count;
6386
  b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
6387
    NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
6388
  b->thread = -1;
6389
  b->addr_string = trigger_func_name;
6390
  b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6391
  b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6392
  b->ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
6393
 
6394
  xfree (sals.sals);
6395
  mention (b);
6396
  return 1;
6397
}
6398
 
6399
/* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
6400
 
6401
static void
6402
catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
6403
                           int tempflag, int from_tty)
6404
{
6405
  char *cond_string = NULL;
6406
  struct symtab_and_line *sal = NULL;
6407
 
6408
  ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6409
 
6410
  cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6411
 
6412
  if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6413
    error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6414
 
6415
  if ((ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW) &&
6416
      (ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH))
6417
    error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
6418
 
6419
  if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
6420
    return;
6421
 
6422
  warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
6423
}
6424
 
6425
/* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints.  */
6426
 
6427
static void
6428
create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal,
6429
                                 char *addr_string,
6430
                                 char *exp_string,
6431
                                 char *cond_string,
6432
                                 struct expression *cond,
6433
                                 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
6434
                                 int tempflag,
6435
                                 int from_tty)
6436
{
6437
  struct breakpoint *b;
6438
 
6439
  if (from_tty)
6440
    {
6441
      describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
6442
      /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
6443
         version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
6444
         used for different exception names will use the same address.
6445
         In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
6446
         unproductive.  Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
6447
         inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
6448
         the user what type of catchpoint it is.  The above is good
6449
         enough for now, though.  */
6450
    }
6451
 
6452
  b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_breakpoint);
6453
  set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6454
 
6455
  b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6456
  b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6457
  b->number = breakpoint_count;
6458
  b->ignore_count = 0;
6459
  b->loc->cond = cond;
6460
  b->addr_string = addr_string;
6461
  b->language = language_ada;
6462
  b->cond_string = cond_string;
6463
  b->exp_string = exp_string;
6464
  b->thread = -1;
6465
  b->ops = ops;
6466
 
6467
  mention (b);
6468
}
6469
 
6470
/* Implement the "catch exception" command.  */
6471
 
6472
static void
6473
catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6474
{
6475
  struct symtab_and_line sal;
6476
  enum bptype type;
6477
  char *addr_string = NULL;
6478
  char *exp_string = NULL;
6479
  char *cond_string = NULL;
6480
  struct expression *cond = NULL;
6481
  struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6482
 
6483
  sal = ada_decode_exception_location (arg, &addr_string, &exp_string,
6484
                                       &cond_string, &cond, &ops);
6485
  create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, exp_string,
6486
                                   cond_string, cond, ops, tempflag,
6487
                                   from_tty);
6488
}
6489
 
6490
/* Implement the "catch assert" command.  */
6491
 
6492
static void
6493
catch_assert_command (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6494
{
6495
  struct symtab_and_line sal;
6496
  char *addr_string = NULL;
6497
  struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6498
 
6499
  sal = ada_decode_assert_location (arg, &addr_string, &ops);
6500
  create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, NULL, NULL, NULL, ops,
6501
                                   tempflag, from_tty);
6502
}
6503
 
6504
static void
6505
catch_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6506
{
6507
 
6508
  /* The first argument may be an event name, such as "start" or "load".
6509
     If so, then handle it as such.  If it doesn't match an event name,
6510
     then attempt to interpret it as an exception name.  (This latter is
6511
     the v4.16-and-earlier GDB meaning of the "catch" command.)
6512
 
6513
     First, try to find the bounds of what might be an event name. */
6514
  char *arg1_start = arg;
6515
  char *arg1_end;
6516
  int arg1_length;
6517
 
6518
  if (arg1_start == NULL)
6519
    {
6520
      /* Old behaviour was to use pre-v-4.16 syntax */
6521
      /* catch_throw_command_1 (arg1_start, tempflag, from_tty); */
6522
      /* return; */
6523
      /* Now, this is not allowed */
6524
      error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
6525
 
6526
    }
6527
  arg1_end = ep_find_event_name_end (arg1_start);
6528
  if (arg1_end == NULL)
6529
    error (_("catch requires an event"));
6530
  arg1_length = arg1_end + 1 - arg1_start;
6531
 
6532
  /* Try to match what we found against known event names. */
6533
  if (strncmp (arg1_start, "signal", arg1_length) == 0)
6534
    {
6535
      error (_("Catch of signal not yet implemented"));
6536
    }
6537
  else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "catch", arg1_length) == 0)
6538
    {
6539
      catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg1_end + 1,
6540
                                 tempflag, from_tty);
6541
    }
6542
  else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "throw", arg1_length) == 0)
6543
    {
6544
      catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg1_end + 1,
6545
                                 tempflag, from_tty);
6546
    }
6547
  else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "thread_start", arg1_length) == 0)
6548
    {
6549
      error (_("Catch of thread_start not yet implemented"));
6550
    }
6551
  else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "thread_exit", arg1_length) == 0)
6552
    {
6553
      error (_("Catch of thread_exit not yet implemented"));
6554
    }
6555
  else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "thread_join", arg1_length) == 0)
6556
    {
6557
      error (_("Catch of thread_join not yet implemented"));
6558
    }
6559
  else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "start", arg1_length) == 0)
6560
    {
6561
      error (_("Catch of start not yet implemented"));
6562
    }
6563
  else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "exit", arg1_length) == 0)
6564
    {
6565
      error (_("Catch of exit not yet implemented"));
6566
    }
6567
  else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "fork", arg1_length) == 0)
6568
    {
6569
      catch_fork_command_1 (catch_fork, arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6570
    }
6571
  else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "vfork", arg1_length) == 0)
6572
    {
6573
      catch_fork_command_1 (catch_vfork, arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6574
    }
6575
  else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "exec", arg1_length) == 0)
6576
    {
6577
      catch_exec_command_1 (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6578
    }
6579
  else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "load", arg1_length) == 0)
6580
    {
6581
      catch_load_command_1 (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6582
    }
6583
  else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "unload", arg1_length) == 0)
6584
    {
6585
      catch_unload_command_1 (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6586
    }
6587
  else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "stop", arg1_length) == 0)
6588
    {
6589
      error (_("Catch of stop not yet implemented"));
6590
    }
6591
  else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "exception", arg1_length) == 0)
6592
    {
6593
      catch_ada_exception_command (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6594
    }
6595
 
6596
  else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "assert", arg1_length) == 0)
6597
    {
6598
      catch_assert_command (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6599
    }
6600
 
6601
  /* This doesn't appear to be an event name */
6602
 
6603
  else
6604
    {
6605
      /* Pre-v.4.16 behaviour was to treat the argument
6606
         as the name of an exception */
6607
      /* catch_throw_command_1 (arg1_start, tempflag, from_tty); */
6608
      /* Now this is not allowed */
6609
      error (_("Unknown event kind specified for catch"));
6610
 
6611
    }
6612
}
6613
 
6614
static void
6615
catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6616
{
6617
  catch_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
6618
}
6619
 
6620
 
6621
static void
6622
tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6623
{
6624
  catch_command_1 (arg, 1, from_tty);
6625
}
6626
 
6627
/* Delete breakpoints by address or line.  */
6628
 
6629
static void
6630
clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6631
{
6632
  struct breakpoint *b;
6633
  VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
6634
  int ix;
6635
  int default_match;
6636
  struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6637
  struct symtab_and_line sal;
6638
  int i;
6639
 
6640
  if (arg)
6641
    {
6642
      sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1);
6643
      default_match = 0;
6644
    }
6645
  else
6646
    {
6647
      sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
6648
        xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
6649
      make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
6650
      init_sal (&sal);          /* initialize to zeroes */
6651
      sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
6652
      sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
6653
      sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
6654
      if (sal.symtab == 0)
6655
        error (_("No source file specified."));
6656
 
6657
      sals.sals[0] = sal;
6658
      sals.nelts = 1;
6659
 
6660
      default_match = 1;
6661
    }
6662
 
6663
  /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
6664
     as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
6665
     typically have both file/line and pc set.  So, if
6666
     clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
6667
     breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
6668
 
6669
     We only support clearing given the address explicitly
6670
     present in breakpoint table.  Say, we've set breakpoint
6671
     at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
6672
     due to optimization, all in one block.
6673
     We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
6674
     PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
6675
     be cleared.  We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
6676
     since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
6677
     can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
6678
     to support that.  */
6679
 
6680
  /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
6681
     to it.  Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
6682
     behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
6683
     one breakpoint.  */
6684
 
6685
  found = NULL;
6686
  for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
6687
    {
6688
      /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
6689
         If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
6690
         If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
6691
         or at default pc.
6692
 
6693
         defaulting    sal.pc != 0    tests to do
6694
 
6695
 
6696
         1              1             pc _and_ line
6697
 
6698
         1              0             <can't happen> */
6699
 
6700
      sal = sals.sals[i];
6701
 
6702
      /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to
6703
         'found'.  */
6704
      ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6705
        {
6706
          int match = 0;
6707
          /* Are we going to delete b? */
6708
          if (b->type != bp_none
6709
              && b->type != bp_watchpoint
6710
              && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
6711
              && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
6712
              && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
6713
            {
6714
              struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
6715
              for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
6716
                {
6717
                  int pc_match = sal.pc
6718
                    && (loc->address == sal.pc)
6719
                    && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
6720
                        || loc->section == sal.section);
6721
                  int line_match = ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc))
6722
                                    && b->source_file != NULL
6723
                                    && sal.symtab != NULL
6724
                                    && strcmp (b->source_file, sal.symtab->filename) == 0
6725
                                    && b->line_number == sal.line);
6726
                  if (pc_match || line_match)
6727
                    {
6728
                      match = 1;
6729
                      break;
6730
                    }
6731
                }
6732
            }
6733
 
6734
          if (match)
6735
            VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
6736
        }
6737
    }
6738
  /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them.  */
6739
  if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
6740
    {
6741
      if (arg)
6742
        error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
6743
      else
6744
        error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
6745
    }
6746
 
6747
  if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
6748
    from_tty = 1;               /* Always report if deleted more than one */
6749
  if (from_tty)
6750
    {
6751
      if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
6752
        printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
6753
      else
6754
        printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
6755
    }
6756
  breakpoints_changed ();
6757
 
6758
  for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
6759
    {
6760
      if (from_tty)
6761
        printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
6762
      delete_breakpoint (b);
6763
    }
6764
  if (from_tty)
6765
    putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
6766
}
6767
 
6768
/* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
6769
   all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
6770
   This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors.  */
6771
 
6772
void
6773
breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
6774
{
6775
  struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
6776
 
6777
  for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
6778
    if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del
6779
        && bs->stop)
6780
      delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->owner);
6781
 
6782
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
6783
  {
6784
    if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
6785
      delete_breakpoint (b);
6786
  }
6787
}
6788
 
6789
/* Remove locations of breakpoint BPT from
6790
   the global list of breakpoint locations.  */
6791
 
6792
static void
6793
unlink_locations_from_global_list (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6794
{
6795
  /* This code assumes that the locations
6796
     of a breakpoint are found in the global list
6797
     in the same order,  but not necessary adjacent.  */
6798
  struct bp_location **tmp = &bp_location_chain;
6799
  struct bp_location *here = bpt->loc;
6800
 
6801
  if (here == NULL)
6802
    return;
6803
 
6804
  for (; *tmp && here;)
6805
    {
6806
      if (*tmp == here)
6807
        {
6808
          *tmp = here->global_next;
6809
          here = here->next;
6810
        }
6811
      else
6812
        {
6813
          tmp = &((*tmp)->global_next);
6814
        }
6815
    }
6816
}
6817
 
6818
/* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
6819
   structures. */
6820
 
6821
void
6822
delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6823
{
6824
  struct breakpoint *b;
6825
  bpstat bs;
6826
  struct bp_location *loc;
6827
 
6828
  gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
6829
 
6830
  /* Has this bp already been deleted?  This can happen because multiple
6831
     lists can hold pointers to bp's.  bpstat lists are especial culprits.
6832
 
6833
     One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp.  When the
6834
     scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
6835
     delete it.  We also delete its scope bp.  But the scope bp is marked
6836
     "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.  That bpstat is then
6837
     checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
6838
 
6839
     A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
6840
     and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
6841
     teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
6842
     references were extent.  A cheaper bandaid was chosen.  */
6843
  if (bpt->type == bp_none)
6844
    return;
6845
 
6846
  if (deprecated_delete_breakpoint_hook)
6847
    deprecated_delete_breakpoint_hook (bpt);
6848
  breakpoint_delete_event (bpt->number);
6849
 
6850
  for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6851
    {
6852
      if (loc->inserted)
6853
        remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_inserted);
6854
 
6855
      if (loc->cond)
6856
        xfree (loc->cond);
6857
 
6858
      if (loc->function_name)
6859
        xfree (loc->function_name);
6860
    }
6861
 
6862
  if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
6863
    breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
6864
 
6865
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6866
    if (b->next == bpt)
6867
    {
6868
      b->next = bpt->next;
6869
      break;
6870
    }
6871
 
6872
  unlink_locations_from_global_list (bpt);
6873
 
6874
  check_duplicates (bpt);
6875
 
6876
  if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
6877
      && bpt->type != bp_read_watchpoint
6878
      && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint
6879
      && bpt->type != bp_catch_fork
6880
      && bpt->type != bp_catch_vfork
6881
      && bpt->type != bp_catch_exec)
6882
    for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6883
      {
6884
        /* If this breakpoint location was inserted, and there is
6885
           another breakpoint at the same address, we need to
6886
           insert the other breakpoint.  */
6887
        if (loc->inserted)
6888
          {
6889
            struct bp_location *loc2;
6890
            ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc2)
6891
              if (loc2->address == loc->address
6892
                  && loc2->section == loc->section
6893
                  && !loc->duplicate
6894
                  && loc2->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
6895
                  && loc2->enabled
6896
                  && !loc2->shlib_disabled
6897
                  && loc2->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
6898
                {
6899
                  int val;
6900
 
6901
                  /* We should never reach this point if there is a permanent
6902
                     breakpoint at the same address as the one being deleted.
6903
                     If there is a permanent breakpoint somewhere, it should
6904
                     always be the only one inserted.  */
6905
                  if (loc2->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
6906
                    internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6907
                                    _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
6908
                                      "a permanent breakpoint"));
6909
 
6910
                  memset (&loc2->target_info, 0, sizeof (loc2->target_info));
6911
                  loc2->target_info.placed_address = loc2->address;
6912
                  if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6913
                    val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&loc2->target_info);
6914
                  else
6915
                    val = target_insert_breakpoint (&loc2->target_info);
6916
 
6917
                  /* If there was an error in the insert, print a message, then stop execution.  */
6918
                  if (val != 0)
6919
                    {
6920
                      struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
6921
                      make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
6922
 
6923
 
6924
                      if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6925
                        {
6926
                          fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
6927
                                              "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n"
6928
                                              "You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints.\n",
6929
                                              b->number);
6930
                        }
6931
                      else
6932
                        {
6933
                          fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n", b->number);
6934
                          fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, "Error accessing memory address ");
6935
                          fputs_filtered (paddress (loc2->address),
6936
                                          tmp_error_stream);
6937
                          fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
6938
                                            safe_strerror (val));
6939
                        }
6940
 
6941
                      fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,"The same program may be running in another process.");
6942
                      target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6943
                      error_stream(tmp_error_stream);
6944
                    }
6945
                  else
6946
                    loc2->inserted = 1;
6947
                }
6948
          }
6949
      }
6950
 
6951
  free_command_lines (&bpt->commands);
6952
  if (bpt->cond_string != NULL)
6953
    xfree (bpt->cond_string);
6954
  if (bpt->addr_string != NULL)
6955
    xfree (bpt->addr_string);
6956
  if (bpt->exp != NULL)
6957
    xfree (bpt->exp);
6958
  if (bpt->exp_string != NULL)
6959
    xfree (bpt->exp_string);
6960
  if (bpt->val != NULL)
6961
    value_free (bpt->val);
6962
  if (bpt->source_file != NULL)
6963
    xfree (bpt->source_file);
6964
  if (bpt->dll_pathname != NULL)
6965
    xfree (bpt->dll_pathname);
6966
  if (bpt->triggered_dll_pathname != NULL)
6967
    xfree (bpt->triggered_dll_pathname);
6968
  if (bpt->exec_pathname != NULL)
6969
    xfree (bpt->exec_pathname);
6970
 
6971
  /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed.  */
6972
  /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
6973
     We just check stop_bpstat for now.  Note that we cannot just
6974
     remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
6975
     entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
6976
     if we remove it here, then the later call to
6977
         bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
6978
     in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
6979
     with commands won't work.  */
6980
  for (bs = stop_bpstat; bs; bs = bs->next)
6981
    if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->owner == bpt)
6982
      {
6983
        bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
6984
        bs->old_val = NULL;
6985
        /* bs->commands will be freed later.  */
6986
      }
6987
  /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
6988
     bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
6989
  bpt->type = bp_none;
6990
 
6991
  for (loc = bpt->loc; loc;)
6992
    {
6993
      struct bp_location *loc_next = loc->next;
6994
      xfree (loc);
6995
      loc = loc_next;
6996
    }
6997
  xfree (bpt);
6998
}
6999
 
7000
static void
7001
do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
7002
{
7003
  delete_breakpoint (b);
7004
}
7005
 
7006
struct cleanup *
7007
make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
7008
{
7009
  return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
7010
}
7011
 
7012
struct cleanup *
7013
make_exec_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
7014
{
7015
  return make_exec_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
7016
}
7017
 
7018
void
7019
delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7020
{
7021
  struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7022
 
7023
  dont_repeat ();
7024
 
7025
  if (arg == 0)
7026
    {
7027
      int breaks_to_delete = 0;
7028
 
7029
      /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
7030
         Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
7031
         have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument.  */
7032
      ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7033
      {
7034
        if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7035
            b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7036
            b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7037
            b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7038
            b->number >= 0)
7039
          {
7040
            breaks_to_delete = 1;
7041
            break;
7042
          }
7043
      }
7044
 
7045
      /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete.  */
7046
      if (!from_tty
7047
          || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
7048
        {
7049
          ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7050
          {
7051
            if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7052
                b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7053
                b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7054
                b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7055
                b->number >= 0)
7056
              delete_breakpoint (b);
7057
          }
7058
        }
7059
    }
7060
  else
7061
    map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, delete_breakpoint);
7062
}
7063
 
7064
static int
7065
all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
7066
{
7067
  for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
7068
    if (!loc->shlib_disabled)
7069
      return 0;
7070
  return 1;
7071
}
7072
 
7073
/* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
7074
   Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
7075
   Null names are ignored.  */
7076
 
7077
static int
7078
ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
7079
{
7080
  struct bp_location *l;
7081
  htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
7082
                                   (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) streq,
7083
                                   NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
7084
 
7085
  for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7086
    {
7087
      const char **slot;
7088
      const char *name = l->function_name;
7089
 
7090
      /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them.  */
7091
      if (name == NULL)
7092
        continue;
7093
 
7094
      slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
7095
                                             INSERT);
7096
      /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns
7097
         NULL.  */
7098
      if (*slot != NULL)
7099
        {
7100
          htab_delete (htab);
7101
          return 1;
7102
        }
7103
      *slot = name;
7104
    }
7105
 
7106
  htab_delete (htab);
7107
  return 0;
7108
}
7109
 
7110
static void
7111
update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
7112
                             struct symtabs_and_lines sals)
7113
{
7114
  int i;
7115
  char *s;
7116
  struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
7117
 
7118
  /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
7119
     are pending, don't do anything.  This optimizes
7120
     the common case where all locations are in the same
7121
     shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
7122
     retain the location, so that when the library
7123
     is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
7124
     status of the individual locations.  */
7125
  if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
7126
    return;
7127
 
7128
  unlink_locations_from_global_list (b);
7129
  b->loc = NULL;
7130
 
7131
  for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7132
    {
7133
      struct bp_location *new_loc =
7134
        add_location_to_breakpoint (b, b->type, &(sals.sals[i]));
7135
 
7136
      /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
7137
         old symtab.  */
7138
      if (b->cond_string != NULL)
7139
        {
7140
          struct gdb_exception e;
7141
 
7142
          s = b->cond_string;
7143
          TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7144
            {
7145
              new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
7146
                                           0);
7147
            }
7148
          if (e.reason < 0)
7149
            {
7150
              warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
7151
                       b->number, e.message);
7152
              new_loc->enabled = 0;
7153
            }
7154
        }
7155
 
7156
      if (b->source_file != NULL)
7157
        xfree (b->source_file);
7158
      if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL)
7159
        b->source_file = NULL;
7160
      else
7161
        b->source_file =
7162
          savestring (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename,
7163
                      strlen (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename));
7164
 
7165
      if (b->line_number == 0)
7166
        b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line;
7167
    }
7168
 
7169
  /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints.  */
7170
  {
7171
    struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
7172
    /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
7173
       e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
7174
       Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
7175
       may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
7176
       often enough until a better solution is found.  */
7177
    int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
7178
 
7179
    for (; e; e = e->next)
7180
      {
7181
        if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
7182
          {
7183
            struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
7184
            if (have_ambiguous_names)
7185
              {
7186
                for (; l; l = l->next)
7187
                  if (e->address == l->address)
7188
                    {
7189
                      l->enabled = 0;
7190
                      break;
7191
                    }
7192
              }
7193
            else
7194
              {
7195
                for (; l; l = l->next)
7196
                  if (l->function_name
7197
                      && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
7198
                    {
7199
                      l->enabled = 0;
7200
                      break;
7201
                    }
7202
              }
7203
          }
7204
      }
7205
  }
7206
 
7207
  while (existing_locations)
7208
    {
7209
      struct bp_location *next = existing_locations->next;
7210
      free_bp_location (existing_locations);
7211
      existing_locations = next;
7212
    }
7213
}
7214
 
7215
 
7216
/* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
7217
   The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
7218
   Unused in this case.  */
7219
 
7220
static int
7221
breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
7222
{
7223
  /* get past catch_errs */
7224
  struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
7225
  struct value *mark;
7226
  int i;
7227
  int not_found = 0;
7228
  int *not_found_ptr = &not_found;
7229
  struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {};
7230
  struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7231
  char *s;
7232
  enum enable_state save_enable;
7233
  struct gdb_exception e;
7234
 
7235
 
7236
  switch (b->type)
7237
    {
7238
    case bp_none:
7239
      warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7240
               b->number);
7241
      return 0;
7242
    case bp_breakpoint:
7243
    case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7244
    case bp_catch_load:
7245
    case bp_catch_unload:
7246
      if (b->addr_string == NULL)
7247
        {
7248
          /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
7249
          delete_breakpoint (b);
7250
          return 0;
7251
        }
7252
 
7253
      set_language (b->language);
7254
      input_radix = b->input_radix;
7255
      s = b->addr_string;
7256
      TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7257
        {
7258
          sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL,
7259
                                not_found_ptr);
7260
        }
7261
      if (e.reason < 0)
7262
        {
7263
          int not_found_and_ok = 0;
7264
          /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
7265
             will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
7266
             User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
7267
             don't need extra messages.  If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
7268
             state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
7269
             being disabled, and don't want to see more errors.  */
7270
          if (not_found
7271
              && (b->condition_not_parsed
7272
                  || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
7273
                  || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
7274
            not_found_and_ok = 1;
7275
 
7276
          if (!not_found_and_ok)
7277
            {
7278
              /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
7279
                 10 times.  One solution, implemented here, is disable
7280
                 the breakpoint on error.  Another solution would be to
7281
                 have separate 'warning emitted' flag.  Since this
7282
                 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
7283
                 which approach is better.  */
7284
              b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7285
              throw_exception (e);
7286
            }
7287
        }
7288
 
7289
      if (not_found)
7290
        break;
7291
 
7292
      gdb_assert (sals.nelts == 1);
7293
      resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
7294
      if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
7295
        {
7296
          char *cond_string = 0;
7297
          int thread = -1;
7298
          find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
7299
                                     &cond_string, &thread);
7300
          if (cond_string)
7301
            b->cond_string = cond_string;
7302
          b->thread = thread;
7303
          b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7304
        }
7305
      expanded = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[0]);
7306
      update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded);
7307
 
7308
      /* Now that this is re-enabled, check_duplicates
7309
         can be used. */
7310
      check_duplicates (b);
7311
 
7312
      xfree (sals.sals);
7313
      break;
7314
 
7315
    case bp_watchpoint:
7316
    case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7317
    case bp_read_watchpoint:
7318
    case bp_access_watchpoint:
7319
      /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables,
7320
         or it can be on local variables.
7321
 
7322
         Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist
7323
         across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared
7324
         libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded
7325
         and unloaded.
7326
 
7327
         Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
7328
         of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and
7329
         a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but
7330
         unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid.
7331
         This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate
7332
         expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
7333
 
7334
         Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
7335
         watchpoints frame id is still valid.  If it's not, it means
7336
         the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
7337
         I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
7338
 
7339
         If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
7340
         b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
7341
 
7342
         Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
7343
         be reevaluated again when enabled.  */
7344
      update_watchpoint (b, 1 /* reparse */);
7345
      break;
7346
      /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
7347
         that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
7348
         loaded. */
7349
    case bp_catch_fork:
7350
    case bp_catch_vfork:
7351
    case bp_catch_exec:
7352
      break;
7353
 
7354
    default:
7355
      printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b->type);
7356
      /* fall through */
7357
      /* Delete longjmp and overlay event breakpoints; they will be
7358
         reset later by breakpoint_re_set.  */
7359
    case bp_longjmp:
7360
    case bp_longjmp_resume:
7361
    case bp_overlay_event:
7362
      delete_breakpoint (b);
7363
      break;
7364
 
7365
      /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
7366
         starts and we really don't want to touch it.  */
7367
    case bp_shlib_event:
7368
 
7369
      /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
7370
         Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it.  */
7371
    case bp_thread_event:
7372
 
7373
      /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
7374
         over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
7375
         Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
7376
         or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable.  */
7377
    case bp_until:
7378
    case bp_finish:
7379
    case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7380
    case bp_call_dummy:
7381
    case bp_step_resume:
7382
      break;
7383
    }
7384
 
7385
  return 0;
7386
}
7387
 
7388
/* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded.  */
7389
void
7390
breakpoint_re_set (void)
7391
{
7392
  struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7393
  enum language save_language;
7394
  int save_input_radix;
7395
 
7396
  save_language = current_language->la_language;
7397
  save_input_radix = input_radix;
7398
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7399
  {
7400
    /* Format possible error msg */
7401
    char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
7402
                                b->number);
7403
    struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
7404
    catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7405
    do_cleanups (cleanups);
7406
  }
7407
  set_language (save_language);
7408
  input_radix = save_input_radix;
7409
 
7410
  if (gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (current_gdbarch))
7411
    {
7412
      create_longjmp_breakpoint ("longjmp");
7413
      create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
7414
      create_longjmp_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
7415
      create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
7416
      create_longjmp_breakpoint (NULL);
7417
    }
7418
 
7419
  create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
7420
}
7421
 
7422
/* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
7423
 
7424
   - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
7425
   - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
7426
void
7427
breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
7428
{
7429
  if (b->thread != -1)
7430
    {
7431
      if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7432
        b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7433
    }
7434
}
7435
 
7436
/* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7437
   If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7438
   which ends with a period (no newline).  */
7439
 
7440
void
7441
set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
7442
{
7443
  struct breakpoint *b;
7444
 
7445
  if (count < 0)
7446
    count = 0;
7447
 
7448
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7449
    if (b->number == bptnum)
7450
    {
7451
      b->ignore_count = count;
7452
      if (from_tty)
7453
        {
7454
          if (count == 0)
7455
            printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
7456
                             bptnum);
7457
          else if (count == 1)
7458
            printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
7459
                             bptnum);
7460
          else
7461
            printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
7462
                             count, bptnum);
7463
        }
7464
      breakpoints_changed ();
7465
      breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
7466
      return;
7467
    }
7468
 
7469
  error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
7470
}
7471
 
7472
/* Clear the ignore counts of all breakpoints.  */
7473
void
7474
breakpoint_clear_ignore_counts (void)
7475
{
7476
  struct breakpoint *b;
7477
 
7478
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7479
    b->ignore_count = 0;
7480
}
7481
 
7482
/* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT.  */
7483
 
7484
static void
7485
ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7486
{
7487
  char *p = args;
7488
  int num;
7489
 
7490
  if (p == 0)
7491
    error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
7492
 
7493
  num = get_number (&p);
7494
  if (num == 0)
7495
    error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
7496
  if (*p == 0)
7497
    error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
7498
 
7499
  set_ignore_count (num,
7500
                    longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
7501
                    from_tty);
7502
  if (from_tty)
7503
    printf_filtered ("\n");
7504
}
7505
 
7506
/* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
7507
   whose numbers are given in ARGS.  */
7508
 
7509
static void
7510
map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *))
7511
{
7512
  char *p = args;
7513
  char *p1;
7514
  int num;
7515
  struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
7516
  int match;
7517
 
7518
  if (p == 0)
7519
    error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
7520
 
7521
  while (*p)
7522
    {
7523
      match = 0;
7524
      p1 = p;
7525
 
7526
      num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7527
      if (num == 0)
7528
        {
7529
          warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
7530
        }
7531
      else
7532
        {
7533
          ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
7534
            if (b->number == num)
7535
              {
7536
                struct breakpoint *related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
7537
                match = 1;
7538
                function (b);
7539
                if (related_breakpoint)
7540
                  function (related_breakpoint);
7541
                break;
7542
              }
7543
          if (match == 0)
7544
            printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
7545
        }
7546
      p = p1;
7547
    }
7548
}
7549
 
7550
static struct bp_location *
7551
find_location_by_number (char *number)
7552
{
7553
  char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
7554
  char *p1;
7555
  int bp_num;
7556
  int loc_num;
7557
  struct breakpoint *b;
7558
  struct bp_location *loc;
7559
 
7560
  *dot = '\0';
7561
 
7562
  p1 = number;
7563
  bp_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7564
  if (bp_num == 0)
7565
    error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7566
 
7567
  ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7568
    if (b->number == bp_num)
7569
      {
7570
        break;
7571
      }
7572
 
7573
  if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
7574
    error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7575
 
7576
  p1 = dot+1;
7577
  loc_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7578
  if (loc_num == 0)
7579
    error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
7580
 
7581
  --loc_num;
7582
  loc = b->loc;
7583
  for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
7584
    ;
7585
  if (!loc)
7586
    error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
7587
 
7588
  return loc;
7589
}
7590
 
7591
 
7592
/* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7593
   If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7594
   which ends with a period (no newline).  */
7595
 
7596
void
7597
disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7598
{
7599
  /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
7600
     hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
7601
     watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time.  */
7602
  if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
7603
    return;
7604
 
7605
  /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints.  */
7606
  if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
7607
    return;
7608
 
7609
  bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7610
 
7611
  check_duplicates (bpt);
7612
 
7613
  if (deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook)
7614
    deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook (bpt);
7615
  breakpoint_modify_event (bpt->number);
7616
}
7617
 
7618
static void
7619
disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7620
{
7621
  struct breakpoint *bpt;
7622
  if (args == 0)
7623
    ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
7624
      switch (bpt->type)
7625
      {
7626
      case bp_none:
7627
        warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7628
                 bpt->number);
7629
        continue;
7630
      case bp_breakpoint:
7631
      case bp_catch_load:
7632
      case bp_catch_unload:
7633
      case bp_catch_fork:
7634
      case bp_catch_vfork:
7635
      case bp_catch_exec:
7636
      case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7637
      case bp_watchpoint:
7638
      case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7639
      case bp_read_watchpoint:
7640
      case bp_access_watchpoint:
7641
        disable_breakpoint (bpt);
7642
      default:
7643
        continue;
7644
      }
7645
  else if (strchr (args, '.'))
7646
    {
7647
      struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
7648
      if (loc)
7649
        loc->enabled = 0;
7650
      check_duplicates (loc->owner);
7651
    }
7652
  else
7653
    map_breakpoint_numbers (args, disable_breakpoint);
7654
}
7655
 
7656
static void
7657
do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
7658
{
7659
  int target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
7660
  struct value *mark;
7661
 
7662
  if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7663
    {
7664
      int i;
7665
      i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7666
      target_resources_ok =
7667
        TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7668
                                            i + 1, 0);
7669
      if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7670
        error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7671
      else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7672
        error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7673
    }
7674
 
7675
  if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint ||
7676
      bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
7677
      bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
7678
      bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
7679
    {
7680
      struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
7681
 
7682
      saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
7683
      if (bpt->exp_valid_block != NULL)
7684
        {
7685
          struct frame_info *fr =
7686
            fr = frame_find_by_id (bpt->watchpoint_frame);
7687
          if (fr == NULL)
7688
            {
7689
              printf_filtered (_("\
7690
Cannot enable watchpoint %d because the block in which its expression\n\
7691
is valid is not currently in scope.\n"), bpt->number);
7692
              return;
7693
            }
7694
          select_frame (fr);
7695
        }
7696
 
7697
      if (bpt->val)
7698
        value_free (bpt->val);
7699
      mark = value_mark ();
7700
      bpt->val = evaluate_expression (bpt->exp);
7701
      release_value (bpt->val);
7702
      if (value_lazy (bpt->val))
7703
        value_fetch_lazy (bpt->val);
7704
 
7705
      if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
7706
          bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
7707
          bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
7708
        {
7709
          int i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bpt->type, &other_type_used);
7710
          int mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bpt->val);
7711
 
7712
          /* Hack around 'unused var' error for some targets here */
7713
          (void) mem_cnt, (void) i;
7714
          target_resources_ok = TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (
7715
                                                                    bpt->type, i + mem_cnt, other_type_used);
7716
          /* we can consider of type is bp_hardware_watchpoint, convert to
7717
             bp_watchpoint in the following condition */
7718
          if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7719
            {
7720
              printf_filtered (_("\
7721
Cannot enable watchpoint %d because target watch resources\n\
7722
have been allocated for other watchpoints.\n"), bpt->number);
7723
              value_free_to_mark (mark);
7724
              return;
7725
            }
7726
        }
7727
 
7728
      select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
7729
      value_free_to_mark (mark);
7730
    }
7731
 
7732
  if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
7733
    bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7734
  bpt->disposition = disposition;
7735
  check_duplicates (bpt);
7736
  breakpoints_changed ();
7737
 
7738
  if (deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook)
7739
    deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook (bpt);
7740
  breakpoint_modify_event (bpt->number);
7741
}
7742
 
7743
 
7744
void
7745
enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7746
{
7747
  do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, bpt->disposition);
7748
}
7749
 
7750
/* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
7751
   breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
7752
   in stopping the inferior.  */
7753
 
7754
static void
7755
enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7756
{
7757
  struct breakpoint *bpt;
7758
  if (args == 0)
7759
    ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
7760
      switch (bpt->type)
7761
      {
7762
      case bp_none:
7763
        warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7764
                 bpt->number);
7765
        continue;
7766
      case bp_breakpoint:
7767
      case bp_catch_load:
7768
      case bp_catch_unload:
7769
      case bp_catch_fork:
7770
      case bp_catch_vfork:
7771
      case bp_catch_exec:
7772
      case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7773
      case bp_watchpoint:
7774
      case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7775
      case bp_read_watchpoint:
7776
      case bp_access_watchpoint:
7777
        enable_breakpoint (bpt);
7778
      default:
7779
        continue;
7780
      }
7781
  else if (strchr (args, '.'))
7782
    {
7783
      struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
7784
      if (loc)
7785
        loc->enabled = 1;
7786
      check_duplicates (loc->owner);
7787
    }
7788
  else
7789
    map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_breakpoint);
7790
}
7791
 
7792
static void
7793
enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7794
{
7795
  do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_disable);
7796
}
7797
 
7798
static void
7799
enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7800
{
7801
  map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_once_breakpoint);
7802
}
7803
 
7804
static void
7805
enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7806
{
7807
  do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_del);
7808
}
7809
 
7810
static void
7811
enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7812
{
7813
  map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_delete_breakpoint);
7814
}
7815
 
7816
static void
7817
set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
7818
{
7819
}
7820
 
7821
static void
7822
show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
7823
{
7824
}
7825
 
7826
/* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid.  */
7827
 
7828
struct symtabs_and_lines
7829
decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline)
7830
{
7831
  struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
7832
  if (string == 0)
7833
    error (_("Empty line specification."));
7834
  if (default_breakpoint_valid)
7835
    sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
7836
                          default_breakpoint_symtab,
7837
                          default_breakpoint_line,
7838
                          (char ***) NULL, NULL);
7839
  else
7840
    sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
7841
                          (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
7842
  if (*string)
7843
    error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
7844
  return sals;
7845
}
7846
 
7847
/* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC.  Return an
7848
   identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
7849
   In general, places which call this should be using something on the
7850
   breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
7851
   someday.  */
7852
 
7853
void *
7854
deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR pc)
7855
{
7856
  struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
7857
 
7858
  bp_tgt = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
7859
  memset (bp_tgt, 0, sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
7860
 
7861
  bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
7862
  if (target_insert_breakpoint (bp_tgt) != 0)
7863
    {
7864
      /* Could not insert the breakpoint.  */
7865
      xfree (bp_tgt);
7866
      return NULL;
7867
    }
7868
 
7869
  return bp_tgt;
7870
}
7871
 
7872
/* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint.  */
7873
 
7874
int
7875
deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (void *bp)
7876
{
7877
  struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
7878
  int ret;
7879
 
7880
  ret = target_remove_breakpoint (bp_tgt);
7881
  xfree (bp_tgt);
7882
 
7883
  return ret;
7884
}
7885
 
7886
/* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping.  */
7887
 
7888
static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
7889
 
7890
/* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step.  */
7891
 
7892
void
7893
insert_single_step_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR next_pc)
7894
{
7895
  void **bpt_p;
7896
 
7897
  if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
7898
    bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
7899
  else
7900
    {
7901
      gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
7902
      bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
7903
    }
7904
 
7905
  /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
7906
     to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
7907
     breakpoint chain.  That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.  We could
7908
     adjust the addresses each time they were needed.  Doing this requires
7909
     corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
7910
     handled, however.  So, for now, we use this.  */
7911
 
7912
  *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (next_pc);
7913
  if (*bpt_p == NULL)
7914
    error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at 0x%s"),
7915
             paddr_nz (next_pc));
7916
}
7917
 
7918
/* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step.  */
7919
 
7920
void
7921
remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
7922
{
7923
  gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
7924
 
7925
  /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
7926
     call.  */
7927
  deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[0]);
7928
  single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
7929
 
7930
  if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
7931
    {
7932
      deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[1]);
7933
      single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
7934
    }
7935
}
7936
 
7937
/* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC.  */
7938
 
7939
static int
7940
single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
7941
{
7942
  int i;
7943
 
7944
  for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
7945
    {
7946
      struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
7947
      if (bp_tgt && bp_tgt->placed_address == pc)
7948
        return 1;
7949
    }
7950
 
7951
  return 0;
7952
}
7953
 
7954
 
7955
/* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
7956
   It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
7957
   COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command.  */
7958
#define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
7959
command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
7960
LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
7961
If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
7962
If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
7963
If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
7964
With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
7965
This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
7966
\n\
7967
THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
7968
CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
7969
\n\
7970
Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
7971
\n\
7972
Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
7973
 
7974
void
7975
_initialize_breakpoint (void)
7976
{
7977
  static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
7978
  static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
7979
  struct cmd_list_element *c;
7980
 
7981
  observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
7982
 
7983
  breakpoint_chain = 0;
7984
  /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count.  $bpnum isn't useful
7985
     before a breakpoint is set.  */
7986
  breakpoint_count = 0;
7987
 
7988
  add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
7989
Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
7990
Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
7991
  if (xdb_commands)
7992
    add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
7993
 
7994
  add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
7995
Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
7996
Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
7997
With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
7998
The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
7999
Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
8000
Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
8001
then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
8002
 
8003
  add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
8004
Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
8005
Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
8006
expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
8007
 
8008
  c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
8009
Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
8010
Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8011
so it will be deleted when hit.  Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
8012
by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
8013
\n"
8014
BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
8015
  set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8016
 
8017
  c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
8018
Set a hardware assisted  breakpoint.\n\
8019
Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
8020
some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
8021
\n"
8022
BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
8023
  set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8024
 
8025
  c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
8026
Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8027
Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8028
so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
8029
\n"
8030
BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
8031
  set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8032
 
8033
  add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8034
Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8035
Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8036
With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8037
This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8038
With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
8039
                  &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8040
  if (xdb_commands)
8041
    add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8042
Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8043
Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8044
With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8045
This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8046
With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
8047
 
8048
  add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8049
 
8050
  add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8051
Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8052
Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8053
This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8054
May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
8055
                   &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
8056
 
8057
  add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8058
Enable breakpoints for one hit.  Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8059
If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8060
           &enablebreaklist);
8061
 
8062
  add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8063
Enable breakpoints and delete when hit.  Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8064
If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8065
           &enablebreaklist);
8066
 
8067
  add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8068
Enable breakpoints and delete when hit.  Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8069
If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8070
           &enablelist);
8071
 
8072
  add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8073
Enable breakpoints for one hit.  Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8074
If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8075
           &enablelist);
8076
 
8077
  add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8078
Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8079
Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8080
To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8081
A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
8082
                  &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8083
  add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8084
  add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8085
  if (xdb_commands)
8086
    add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8087
Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8088
Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8089
To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8090
A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
8091
 
8092
  add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
8093
Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8094
Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8095
To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8096
A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
8097
This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
8098
           &disablelist);
8099
 
8100
  add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8101
Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8102
Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8103
To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8104
\n\
8105
Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
8106
The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
8107
                  &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
8108
  add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8109
  add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8110
  if (xdb_commands)
8111
    add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8112
Delete some breakpoints.\n\
8113
Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8114
To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
8115
 
8116
  add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
8117
Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8118
Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8119
To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8120
This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
8121
           &deletelist);
8122
 
8123
  add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
8124
Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
8125
Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8126
If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
8127
If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
8128
If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
8129
\n\
8130
With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
8131
is executing in.\n\
8132
\n\
8133
See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
8134
 
8135
  c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
8136
Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
8137
BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
8138
  set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8139
 
8140
  add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
8141
  add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
8142
  add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
8143
  add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
8144
 
8145
 if (xdb_commands)
8146
    {
8147
      add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
8148
      add_com_alias ("bu", "ubreak", class_breakpoint, 1);
8149
    }
8150
 
8151
  if (dbx_commands)
8152
    {
8153
      add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
8154
Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
8155
                             &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
8156
      add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
8157
               _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
8158
      add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
8159
               _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
8160
      add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
8161
Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8162
The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8163
\tbreakpoint     - normal breakpoint\n\
8164
\twatchpoint     - watchpoint\n\
8165
The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8166
the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit.  \"dis\" means that the\n\
8167
breakpoint will be disabled.  The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8168
address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8169
\n\
8170
Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8171
are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8172
is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8173
Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8174
breakpoint set."));
8175
    }
8176
 
8177
  add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
8178
Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8179
The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8180
\tbreakpoint     - normal breakpoint\n\
8181
\twatchpoint     - watchpoint\n\
8182
The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8183
the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit.  \"dis\" means that the\n\
8184
breakpoint will be disabled.  The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8185
address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8186
\n\
8187
Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8188
are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8189
is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8190
Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8191
breakpoint set."));
8192
 
8193
  if (xdb_commands)
8194
    add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
8195
Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8196
The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8197
\tbreakpoint     - normal breakpoint\n\
8198
\twatchpoint     - watchpoint\n\
8199
The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8200
the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit.  \"dis\" means that the\n\
8201
breakpoint will be disabled.  The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8202
address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8203
\n\
8204
Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8205
are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8206
is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8207
Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8208
breakpoint set."));
8209
 
8210
  add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
8211
Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8212
The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8213
\tbreakpoint     - normal breakpoint\n\
8214
\twatchpoint     - watchpoint\n\
8215
\tlongjmp        - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
8216
\tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
8217
\tuntil          - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
8218
\tfinish         - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
8219
The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8220
the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit.  \"dis\" means that the\n\
8221
breakpoint will be disabled.  The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8222
address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8223
\n\
8224
Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8225
are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8226
is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8227
Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8228
breakpoint set."),
8229
           &maintenanceinfolist);
8230
 
8231
  add_com ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
8232
Set catchpoints to catch events.\n\
8233
Raised signals may be caught:\n\
8234
\tcatch signal              - all signals\n\
8235
\tcatch signal <signame>    - a particular signal\n\
8236
Raised exceptions may be caught:\n\
8237
\tcatch throw               - all exceptions, when thrown\n\
8238
\tcatch throw <exceptname>  - a particular exception, when thrown\n\
8239
\tcatch catch               - all exceptions, when caught\n\
8240
\tcatch catch <exceptname>  - a particular exception, when caught\n\
8241
Thread or process events may be caught:\n\
8242
\tcatch thread_start        - any threads, just after creation\n\
8243
\tcatch thread_exit         - any threads, just before expiration\n\
8244
\tcatch thread_join         - any threads, just after joins\n\
8245
Process events may be caught:\n\
8246
\tcatch start               - any processes, just after creation\n\
8247
\tcatch exit                - any processes, just before expiration\n\
8248
\tcatch fork                - calls to fork()\n\
8249
\tcatch vfork               - calls to vfork()\n\
8250
\tcatch exec                - calls to exec()\n\
8251
Dynamically-linked library events may be caught:\n\
8252
\tcatch load                - loads of any library\n\
8253
\tcatch load <libname>      - loads of a particular library\n\
8254
\tcatch unload              - unloads of any library\n\
8255
\tcatch unload <libname>    - unloads of a particular library\n\
8256
The act of your program's execution stopping may also be caught:\n\
8257
\tcatch stop\n\n\
8258
C++ exceptions may be caught:\n\
8259
\tcatch throw               - all exceptions, when thrown\n\
8260
\tcatch catch               - all exceptions, when caught\n\
8261
Ada exceptions may be caught:\n\
8262
\tcatch exception           - all exceptions, when raised\n\
8263
\tcatch exception <name>    - a particular exception, when raised\n\
8264
\tcatch exception unhandled - all unhandled exceptions, when raised\n\
8265
\tcatch assert              - all failed assertions, when raised\n\
8266
\n\
8267
Do \"help set follow-fork-mode\" for info on debugging your program\n\
8268
after a fork or vfork is caught.\n\n\
8269
Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."));
8270
 
8271
  add_com ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
8272
Set temporary catchpoints to catch events.\n\
8273
Args like \"catch\" command.\n\
8274
Like \"catch\" except the catchpoint is only temporary,\n\
8275
so it will be deleted when hit.  Equivalent to \"catch\" followed\n\
8276
by using \"enable delete\" on the catchpoint number."));
8277
 
8278
  c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
8279
Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8280
A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8281
an expression changes."));
8282
  set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8283
 
8284
  c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
8285
Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8286
A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8287
an expression is read."));
8288
  set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8289
 
8290
  c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
8291
Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8292
A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8293
an expression is either read or written."));
8294
  set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8295
 
8296
  add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info,
8297
            _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
8298
 
8299
 
8300
  /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
8301
     respond to changes - contrary to the description.  */
8302
  add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
8303
                            &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
8304
Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8305
Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8306
If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
8307
such is available.  (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
8308
created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
8309
hardware.)"),
8310
                            NULL,
8311
                            show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
8312
                            &setlist, &showlist);
8313
 
8314
  can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
8315
 
8316
  add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
8317
Breakpoint specific settings\n\
8318
Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
8319
pending breakpoint behavior"),
8320
                  &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
8321
                  0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
8322
  add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
8323
Breakpoint specific settings\n\
8324
Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
8325
pending breakpoint behavior"),
8326
                  &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
8327
                  0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
8328
 
8329
  add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
8330
                                &pending_break_support, _("\
8331
Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
8332
Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
8333
If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
8334
pending breakpoint.  If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
8335
an error.  If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
8336
user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
8337
                                NULL,
8338
                                show_pending_break_support,
8339
                                &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
8340
                                &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
8341
 
8342
  pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
8343
 
8344
  add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
8345
                           &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
8346
Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
8347
Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
8348
If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
8349
breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory.  If not set,\n\
8350
a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
8351
                           NULL,
8352
                           show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
8353
                           &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
8354
                           &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
8355
 
8356
  automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
8357
}

powered by: WebSVN 2.1.0

© copyright 1999-2024 OpenCores.org, equivalent to Oliscience, all rights reserved. OpenCores®, registered trademark.